I love college, I` m very, very happy, and so excited every

МОСКОВСКИЙ ГОСУДАРСТВЕННЫЙ ИНСТИТУТ МЕЖДУНАРОДНЫХ
ОТНОШЕНИЙ (УНИВЕРСИТЕТ)
МИД РОССИИ
Кафедра английского языка № 1
О.Н.Суринович, Л.Н.Стриганова, И.А.Васильева
ПРОДОЛЖАЕМ ИЗУЧАТЬ
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
GO AHEAD
Часть 2. Уровень «В 1»
Издательство
«МГИМО-УНИВЕРСИТЕТ»
2009
МЕТОДИЧЕСКАЯ ЗАПИСКА
В данном пособии используется компетентностный подход к
обучению английскому языку студентов второго года обучения
(примерное соответствие уровню «В 1» по классификации Совета
Европы).
Задачей пособия является формирование языковых компетенций
для повседневного общения на пройденные темы, расширение и
активизация лексического запаса студентов в объемах, необходимых для
такого общения, введение и закрепление грамматического материала,
развитие базовых навыков неофициальной письменной речи.
Пособие состоит из двух частей, каждая из которых рассчитана
на один семестр и состоит из пяти разделов (Units), посвящённых
отдельной лексической и грамматической теме, за исключением раздела
“Revision”, полностью посвященного материалу, пройденному на
первом курсе. Рекомендуемое количество часов на каждый раздел – 12.
Порядок работы с каждым разделом предполагает: чтение
основного текста в аудитории, ответы на вопросы по тексту, выполнение
лексических упражнений, основанных на сюжете. Студенты
самостоятельно изучают активный словарь, преподаватель контролирует
его усвоение посредством небольшой письменной работы на 7-10 минут
(Quiz). В конце лексической части каждого раздела есть упражнения для
перевода с русского языка на английский с использованием
активизируемых лексических единиц. Подобное же упражнение для
перевода есть в конце грамматической части раздела. В самом конце
каждого раздела дано задание на развитие письменной речи (сочинение
по определенной тематике).
2
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ
К учебному пособию «Продолжаем изучать английский язык»
«Go Ahead» часть 2, уровень «В 1» компетентностный подход.
Пособие
предназначено
для
студентов
отделения
«Регионоведения» факультета международных отношений МГИМО (У)
МИД РФ, изучающих английский язык.
Пособие используется в сочетании с учебником New Headway
Intermediate (Liz and John Soars).
Часть 2 состоит из пяти разделов (Units). Unit 5 – “Health”, Unit 6 –
“Education”, Unit 7 – Politics. System of Government”, Unit 8 – “Law and
Order”, Unit 9 – “People’s Relationships. Family”.
Пособие создано на основе фундаментальных классических
трудов по лексике и грамматике английского языка, изданных в России,
а также новых работ английских и американских авторов с соблюдением
коммуникативного принципа.
В соответствии с Законом Российской Федерации от 9 июля 1993
года №5351-1 авторы данного пособия использовали в своей работе
материалы произведений с указанием авторов и источника
заимствования правомерно обнародованного произведения и отрывки из
него в качестве иллюстраций (в широком смысле) в объеме,
оправданном поставленной целью и методикой.
3
4
UNIT V. HEALTH
GRAMMAR: PERFECT CONTINUOUS FORMS.
Pre-reading questions:
1. Do you think people should devote much time and attention to their
health? Why?
2. Do you think people should always trust their doctors?
TEXT: A THOUSAND DISEASES (after Jerome K. Jerome. Three
Men in a Boat).
I remember going to the British Museum one day to read up the
treatment for some slight disease. I got down the book and read all I had
come to read. Then without realizing what I was doing I turned the leaves and
began to study diseases generally. I do not remember which was the first
disease I read about but before I looked through the list of the symptoms I felt
that I had it. I kept on reading, feeling rather nervous, and realized that I was
suffering from every disease imaginable. The only thing I had not got so far
was housemaid’s knee. To say that I was worried and upset and that I felt
miserable would be to say nothing. I lost all hope. I nearly fainted. In fact I
felt more dead than alive. I tried to examine myself. I felt my pulse. I
discovered that I had no pulse. I tried to feel my heart. I could not feel my
heart. It had stopped beating. I tried to look at my tongue. I stuck it out as far
as it would go. I shut one eye, and tried to examine it with the other. I could
only see the tip but I no longer doubted that in addition to everything I had
scarlet fever5.
It became clear to me that I would never recover and would never get
rid of the thousand diseases I had. I gave up all hope. Medicine could not help
me. I had walked into the reading room a happy healthy man, I walked out an
invalid.
Though I doubted if anyone would be able to cure me of my diseases, I
decided to consult my physician. I always turn to him for advice and help. He
is a good fellow and an old friend of mine. He has been treating me for many
years. I never make an appointment with him, he is always ready to see me.
He looks at my tongue, feels my pulse, talks about the weather, and all for
nothing, when I imagine that I am ill. He never remains indifferent to what I
say and always does his best to encourage me when I start complaining of
my diseases. I thought that he would be grateful if I went to him. “What a
doctor wants,” I said to myself, “is practice. He shall have me. He will get
1
medieval-средневековый
5
more practice out of me than out of seventeen hundred ordinary patients with
only one or two common diseases each”.
“Well, what’s the matter with you? Got any complaints?’’ he asked.
I did not pretend to be calm. My whole life depended on what he
would say.
“I will not take up your time, dear fellow, by telling you what is the
matter with me,” I began. “Life is short and you may die before I’m through.
But I’ll tell you right away what is not the matter with me. I haven’t got
housemaid’s knee. Why I haven’t got it I cannot tell you. But the fact remains
that I haven’t got it. Everything else I have got. My life is in danger.
I told him how I came to discover it all. I didn’t pretend I wasn’t
frightened. He took my temperature, felt my pulse, and then hit me over the
chest when I wasn’t expecting it. After that he sat down and wrote out a
prescription. He folded it and giving it to me said that I had better go home.
I did not open the prescription. I went to the nearest pharmacy to have
it filled. The chemist read the prescription and handed it back. He apologized
for being unable to help me. He said he didn’t keep it and smiled. I was very
much annoyed. I did not see the joke.
I said, “You are a chemist, aren’t you?” He did not deny it. “I am a
chemist,” he said. “If I were a department store and a family hotel combined,
I might be able to help you. But the matter is I am only a chemist. That’s why
I can’t oblige you.”
I read the prescription. It said:
“1 lb beefsteak, with
1 pt beer every six hours.
1 ten-mile walk every morning
1 bed at 11 sharp every night.
And avoid stuffing up your head with things you don’t understand”.
I felt relieved. My life was out of danger. I didn’t tear up the
prescription or throw it away. I followed the directions with the happy result
that my life was saved and is still going on. My health improved, but I never
mention the incident to anyone.
NOTES:
1. скарлатина (fever- лихорадка, scarlet – ярко-красный, багровый)
2. фунт (от лат. Libra), читается pound
3. пинта (от pint)
VOCABULARY
6
treat vt 1. лечить кого-л./что-л. to treat a patient / a disease, to treat sb. for
sth. лечить кого-л. от чего-л. 2. угощать Whose turn is it to treat next? Чья
очередь угощать в следующий раз? They treated us to a delicious lunch. 3.
обращаться с кем-то Is that how you treat him? Так вот как ты с ним
обращаешься? Children should be treated with kindness. To be treated in
some manner (badly, warmly, kindly, cautiously, etc) treatment n лечение,
обращение (с кем-то)
suffer vi страдать to suffer from sth.; to suffer a loss потерпеть убыток,
понести потерю; suffering n страдание; to cause suffering причинять
страдание
lose vt (lost, lost) 1. терять, потерять (also fig) lose a book (ticket, friend,
etc.); one’s voice (head); money (work, time, etc.) Phr lose one’s way (get
lost) заблудиться, потеряться 2. проигрывать lose a game (a competition,
war, etc.) loss – потеря, to suffer heavy losses – нести тяжёлые потери;
loser – проигравший He is a good loser. Он умеет проигрывать.
feel vi (felt, felt) miserable (awkward, bad, nervous, etc) чувствовать себя
несчастным (неловко, плохо, нервничать)
doubt vi сомневаться to doubt sth., to doubt whether/if сомневаться (в
том), что… not to doubt that… не сомневаться (в том), что… Do you
doubt that …? Вы сомневаетесь (в том) что…?
recover vi выздоравливать; to recover from a disease; recovery n
выздоровление ; I wish you a speedy recovery. Syn. get well
–
cure vt вылечить; to cure sb. of sth.; His doctor cured him of all his diseases;
incurable - неизлечимый
make/have an appointment with sb. договариваться /договориться с кемл. о встрече, to make/have an appointment with a doctor записаться на
прием к врачу; to make an appointment for a certain time
do one’s best vi - делать все возможное, очень стараться; I did my best to
persuade him not to go there.
complain vi жаловаться; complain of sth (жаловаться на самочувствие)
What are you complaining of? complain about We complained about poor
working conditions. complaint n жалоба
7
pretend vi (to do sth.) притворяться, делать вид; pretend to be ill,
indifferent, etc. притворяться больным, равнодушным и т.д.; pretend not to
see (to know, to understand, etc.)
by doing sth. путем, посредством чего-л., делая что-л. You can learn a
foreign language only by speaking it.
depend vi зависеть; depend on sb./sth. We depend on air for respiration;
depend on when/where, etc. It depends. Это зависит от обстоятельств.
dependent on sb/sth He has always been dependent on other people’s
opinion. Он всегда зависел от мнения других людей. independent (of) adj
независимый He is quite independent of his father. Он практически не
зависит от своего отца dependable adj надёжный; (in)dependence
n.(не)зависимость
deny vt 1. отрицать to deny the charge отвергать обвинение 2. to deny
oneself every luxury отказывать себе во всякой роскоши; deny doing sth
The boy denied breaking the window. Мальчик не признавался, что разбил
окно.
avoid vt избегать; You avoid people your don’t respect, don’t you? avoid
doing sth. Avoid reading books on medicine.
danger n опасность Phr in (out of) danger в (вне) опасности; dangerous a
опасный, рискованный
a dangerous plan (game, road, river; dog, man; etc); dangerous work
save vt 1 спасать; He saved my life. 2 экономить He has been saving money
for two years to buy a car. savings n сбережения safe (adj) безопасный
follow vt 1. следовать, идти (за) What season follows winter? – Spring does.
He felt that somebody was following him. He followed his elder brother in
everything. Phr follow sb’s example (advice) (по)следовать чьему-н
примеру (совету) Phr as follows cледующее The letter read as follows. В
письме было следующее. Phr follow the policy of peace (cooperation, etc.)
следовать политике мира (сотрудничества) 2. следить за (=понимать)
(ситуацией, чьими-то. мыслями, речью) He spoke very fast and it was
difficult to follow him. Are you following me? following adj cледующий,
последующий the following day (week, month, etc.); the following
следующее He said the following.
8
EXERCISES
COMPREHENSION
Ex. 1. Answer the following questions.
1. How did it happen that Jerome K. Jerome discovered he had a thousand
diseases? 2. How did Jerome K. Jerome feel when he discovered that he had
no pulse? 3. When did Jerome K. Jerome realize that in addition to
everything he had scarlet fever? 4. Why did Jerome K. Jerome always consult
his doctor? 5. Why did the poor invalid think his doctor would be glad to have
him for a patient? 6. What did he feel his life depended on? 7. What did
Jerome K. Jerome tell his doctor? 8. What did the doctor do? 9. What did the
prescription say? 10. Was Jerome K. Jerome’s life saved in the end? What
about his health? 11Who did he tell about the incident?
Ex. 2. Find equivalents for the following phases in the text.
Лечение заболевания; не осознавая, что я делаю; просмотреть список;
страдать от болезни; быть обеспокоенным и расстроенным; чувствовать
себя несчастным; потерять сознание; я больше не сомневался;
избавиться от болезни; стараться подбодрить; оставаться равнодушным;
жаловаться на болезни; вся моя жизнь зависела от…; притвориться
спокойным; факт остается фактом; измерить температуру; выписать
рецепт; почувствовать облегчение; мое здоровье улучшилось.
Ex. 3. Is the statement true or false? If it is false, give a correct answer.
1. Jerome K. Jerome looked through the list of symptoms and realized that
he didn’t have any disease.
2. It became clear to him that he would soon recover.
3. He felt happy and cheerful because he discovered that nothing was the
matter with him.
4. He did not doubt that he could be easily cured of his diseases.
5. When he went to consult his physician, who was a very good specialist, he
always made an appointment with him first.
6. It seemed to Jerome K. Jerome that he had only one common disease.
7. Jerome K. Jerome pretended that he wasn’t frightened.
8. Jerome K. Jerome went to the pharmacy and had the prescription filled.
Ex. 4. Finish the statements choosing a phrase from those in brackets.
9
1. Jerome K. Jerome went to the British Museum …(to take out a library
card; to look up some figures; to read some fiction; to read up the
treatment for some slight disease).
2. When Jerome K. Jerome discovered that he had all diseases imaginable,
he… (was embarrassed; was surprised; calmed down; nearly fainted).
3. It became clear to Jerome K. Jerome that… (he was in pretty good health;
he would never recover; his life was out of danger; his life was in danger).
4. Jerome K. Jerome’s friend… (was indifferent to what he said; always
encouraged him; listened to his complaints very attentively; did his best to
help him).
5. The physician advised Jerome K. Jerome… (to take up art; to read books
on medicine; to avoid thinking about things he did not understand).
6. Jerome K. Jerome followed the doctor’s directions with the happy result
that… (he died; his life was saved; he went mad; his health improved).
7. Jerome K. Jerome never mentioned the incident to anyone because he…
(forgot it very soon; felt ashamed; had no sense of humor).
8. But for his doctor, Jerome K. Jerome … (would have died; wouldn’t have
recovered; would have had complications; would have been thinking his
disease was incurable; wouldn’t have been cured; wouldn’t have got rid of
his diseases).
Ex. 5. Use Reported Speech in the following sentences.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
“My life is in danger”, said Jerome K. Jerome.
“You’ll die before I finish telling you about my diseases”, said the patient.
“Are you a chemist?” asked Jerome K. Jerome.
“I’m only a chemist, that’s why I can’t oblige you”, answered the man.
“Avoid thinking about things you don’t understand”, said the doctor to the
patient.
“I can’t go on treating you because you don’t obey my orders”, said the
doctor to the patient.
“Why have you been so nervous and worried recently?” she asked me.
“You are cured”, said the doctor to the patient.
“A fortnight ago you sold me a plaster to get rid of my rheumatism”, said
the customer, “Yes?” asked the chemist. “Now I want something to get rid
of the plaster”.
Ex. 6. Put questions to the words in bold type.
1. Once Jerome K. Jerome went to the British Museum. 2. He came to
the British Museum to read up the treatment for some slight disease. 3.
When Jerome K. Jerome discovered that he had all diseases imaginable, he
10
nearly fainted. 4. He discovered that he had no pulse. 5. His whole life
depended on what the doctor would say. 6. The doctor took his temperature
and felt his pulse. 7. The doctor wrote out a prescription. 8. Jerome K.
Jerome went to the nearest pharmacy to have the prescription filled. 9. He
was very much annoyed. 10. The chemist couldn’t oblige him because he
was only a chemist. 11. Jerome K. Jerome followed the directions with the
happy result. 12. He avoided stuffing up his head with things he didn’t
understand.
KEY STRUCTURES AND WORD STUDY
Ex. 7. Give the four forms of the following verbs:
upset, get, suffer, feel, cure, make, depend, worry, begin, tell, write, treat,
read, do, die, hit, turn, fall, smile, remain, pretend, tear, stick
Ex. 8. Insert prepositions wherever necessary.
1.Yesterday I read up the treatment … the flu and scarlet fever. 2. The
poor boy has hurt his leg and now he is suffering … pain. 3. He was
running so fast as if his life depended … it. 4. “I don’t want to take up your
time … telling you the whole story”, he told me. 5. The girl looked …him
and turned … . 6. I knew that now he would start complaining … his
diseases. 7. We have been friends … many years. 8. She is financially
independent … her family. 9. “I want to know what is the matter … you”,
my mother told me. 10. Who said that his life was … danger? He is quite
safe. 11. I gave her the article, she read it and handed it … . 12. My friend
apologized … being unable to help me. 13. I made an appointment … the
dentist … three o’clock. 14. If you want to get rid … all your diseases, find
a very good doctor. 15. He didn’t remain indifferent … what I said. 16.
After he was operated on, his life was … … danger. 17. She has always lied
… me and in addition … everything refused to help me when I needed it
badly. 18. Have you ever mentioned … the incident … anyone? 19. Dr.
Smith cured him … pneumonia. 20. After the doctor examined me, he
wrote … a prescription. 21. If you are ill why not consult … a doctor? 22.
The country is heavily dependent … its oil exports.
Ex. 9. Fill in the blanks with “treat” or “cure”.
1. Ann was sure the doctor would … her. 2. Doctor Manson … him of the
flu. 3. It isn’t easy to … a patient who doesn’t obey the doctor’s orders, is it?
Why? 4. At first she was … by Doctor Smith, but it was Doctor Howard who
11
… her. 5. How did Jerome K. Jerome’s doctor manage to … him of all his
diseases? 6. I would like to be … by Professor Brown, I am sure he will …
me . 7. Why do you think it was difficult for Doctor Caswell to … the old
man? 8. Doctor Hastings … her disease.
Ex. 10. Translate into English.
1.Кто вылечил вас от этой болезни? 2. Доктор отказался лечить
больного, так как больной его не слушался. 3. Он не хочет, чтобы его
лечил такой молодой врач. 4. В этой клинике его вылечили от всех
болезней. 5. Я не сомневаюсь, что профессор Браун вылечит меня, если
я к нему обращусь. 6. Сначала моего брата лечил доктор Мэнсон, но
вылечил его доктор Форд. 7. Если ты хочешь, чтобы тебя вылечили,
обратись к опытному врачу. 8. Сейчас вылечивается гораздо больше
заболеваний, чем раньше.
Ex. 11. a) Study the following model and the sentences:
Model: You (had better) go on a diet. → You should go on a diet.
1. You had better draw a plan first. 2. She’d better consult a doctor. 3.
They’d better not pay so much attention to what your nephew says. 4. You’d
better make an appointment with the dentist. 5. You’d better listen to your
father’s advice.
b) Tell your partner what he (she) should do. Use the construction
“had better (not) do sth.
Pay attention to it; read sth. by modern writers; throw it away; stay in bed;
drop the subject; annoy him; consult a doctor; pretend to be interested;
complain that you have no time; keep away from Charles’s cousin; avoid
talking about your diseases in company; make an appointment with the
doctor; keep silent; take a holiday; read the exercise aloud.
c) Translate into English.
1. Вы бы лучше держались подальше от этого человека. 2. Ты бы
лучше не обращал внимания на его слова. 3. Лучше бы он не ходил туда
сегодня. 4. Ей бы лучше помолчать. 5. Вам лучше не упоминать об этом
никому. 6. Ему лучше не есть так много на ночь.
Ex. 12. a) Study the sentences:
12
1. Bend the tree down. 2. I’m too short I can’t get the book down. 3. My
fellow traveller asked me to let the window down. 4. Do not raise your voice.
Keep it down. 5. Don’t go upstairs. I’ll come down in a moment. 6. Climb
down. I’d like to have a word with you.
b) Translate the following into English using a suitable phrasal verb.
get down, jump down, come down, put down, walk down.
1. Он сказал, что не может спустить вещи сверху. 2. Не прыгайте
вниз, я принесу вам лестницу (ladder). 3. Опустите воротник, здесь не
холодно. 4. Он сказал, что вам придется подняться, если они не смогут
спуститься.. 5. Мы шли вниз по улице, ведущей в центр города.
Ex. 13. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word. Use the correct form.
treat (2), treatment, upset v (2), upset (adj), suffer, feel (2), be worried,
without (2), discover, doubt v (2), recover, make an appointment, have an
appointment, complain, cure (2), depend, in danger, save, out of danger,
pretend, independent
1. When I returned home from the country, I … I had a lot of things to do.
2. She always … of her diseases, she seems to be … from all diseases
imaginable. 3. He has always disliked to … on other people’s decisions. 4. To
tell you the truth, I got frightened when I learned that my life had been … . 5.
Everyone prefers to … by an experienced doctor. 6. She wondered what was
the name of the doctor who … her friend of her disease. 7. Only after we
locked the door of our house we realized that our lives were … and we were
… . 8. “Could you call on me tonight? I need your help badly.” “Sorry, not
tonight. I … for 6 p.m.. I’ll be able to help you tomorrow”. 9. When my
mother heard the sad news, she was terribly … . 10. He is a very good dentist.
You have to … with him long beforehand. 11. I never … that he would soon
… and be in good health again. 12. The boy’s parents worried if … prescribed
to him by the young doctor was good enough. 13. If she turns to you for
advice and help and you refuse her, it will … her. 14. Why does he always try
to leave … saying good bye? 15. I wonder if she … better after the operation.
We all … about how she is. 16. I … if he is able to do such kind of work
himself. He has always been so careless and unreliable. 17. Professor Mason
… me for three months now, but I doubt if he will … me. The idea … me
greatly. 18. “I (not) … well today”. “You’d better consult a doctor
13
immediately. 19. He tore up the letter … reading it. 20. Lucy … not to see
me. 21. India became … of Britain in 1947.
Ex. 14. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Если вы последуете совету этого врача, вы непременно
выздоровеете. 2. Я не сомневаюсь, что он успеет на поезд. Он вышел из
дома полчаса назад. 3. Больному сделали операцию (be operated on), и
теперь его жизнь вне опасности. 4. Я хочу, чтобы вы договорились о
встрече с Питером на 12 часов. 5. Ты слышал, как профессор Смит
объяснял доктору Мейсону, как лечить это заболевание? 6. Ты бы
лучше не отнимал у нас время, рассказывая нам все подробности
(details). 7. Я сделаю все возможное, чтобы избежать разговора с ним. 8.
Я не хочу, чтобы ты шел на эту встречу, не договорившись заранее. Он
очень занятой человек. Ты будешь чувствовать себя неловко. 9.
Некоторые формы рака (cancer) сейчас лечатся. 10. Я слышал, как он
обещал никогда не говорить неправду, но я сомневаюсь в его словах. 11.
Научиться говорить по-английски можно только говоря по-английски.
12. Майкл никогда не слышал, чтобы отец жаловался на сердце. 13.
Сейчас все зависит от его решения. Если он откажется использовать этот
шанс, то его жизнь может оказаться в опасности. 14. Легко давать
советы, но иногда трудно им следовать. 15. Я сегодня иду на прием к
зубному врачу. 16. По дороге домой Джеймс потерял зонтик. Он очень
расстроился, так как погода была очень плохая, дождь мог пойти в
любую минуту. 17. Путешествуя, мы узнаем много нового. 18. После
того, как Дэвид вернулся в свой родной город, он избегал встречаться со
своими старыми друзьями. 19. Как ты думаешь, он действительно болен
или притворяется? 20. Научиться плавать можно только плавая. 21.
Долгое время его лечил д-р Джонсон, но вылечил его д-р Грин. 22. Как
только она поправится, мы сразу уедем на юг. 23. “Твой брат придет
сегодня на занятия?” “Я сомневаюсь в этом”. 24. Никто не может
заставить его зависеть от кого-либо. 25. Вряд ли можно добиться
успехов без усердной работы. 26. Она никогда не зависела от чужого
мнения.
LANGUAGE WORK
When
Why
Where
How long
How many books
do you think
14
he will come?
she did it?
they went?
we should stay here?
she bought?
How much money
What colour
etc.
is left?
their house is?
Ex. 15. Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1. What colour do you think the walls of his study are? 2. Why do you
think she refused to see him? 3. When do you think you’ll finish your work?
4. What do you think sugar is made from? 5. How do you think it should be
done? 6. How much money do you think we need? 7. How long do you think
she should stay in hospital? 8. How many classes do you think he missed last
term? 9. Where do you think they would like to go tonight? 10. Why do you
think he is upset?
Ex. 16. Finish the following sentences.
1. What kind of music do you think …? 2. How many times a week do you
think …? 3. How often do you think …? 4. What colour do you think …? 5.
How long do you think …? 6. Where do you think …? 7. When do you think
…? 8. How many exercises do you think ...? 9. How much sugar do you think
…? 10. How do you think …?
Ex. 17. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Как ты думаешь, почему он не пришел до сих пор? 2. Как ты думаешь,
когда нам сообщат результаты? 3. Как ты думаешь, какой врач лечит ее?
4. Как ты думаешь, сколько стоит эта машина? 5. Как ты думаешь,
сколько тарелок нам понадобится? 6. Как ты думаешь, как он справится
с этой работой. 7. Как ты думаешь, как называется это растение? 8. Как
ты думаешь, чего им следует избегать?
PHRASAL VERB "RUN"
Ex. 18. Match the meanings in B (a-g) with the phrasal verbs in A (1-7).
A.
1. I was so surprised when I ran into him in the street yesterday.
2. She always runs her son’s wife down. She has never said anything good
about her.
3. He was a career diplomat and had always wanted to run for President.
4. He ran out of money and was reduced to poverty.
5. He is a lousy driver: yesterday he ran into a tree.
15
6. All of them have blue eyes, it runs in the family.
7. My radio is out of order. – No wonder, look, the batteries have run
down.
B.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
be no good any more
meet sb. unexpectedly
have it in the family
drive into sth.
be elected
spend everything, be short of sth.
treat badly
Ex. 19. Replace he words in italics with a suitable phrasal verb with run
in its correct form.
into (2)
down
for
run
out of
across
in (the family)
Example: This torch is useless: the batteries aren’t good any more.
This torch is useless: the batteries have run down.
1. He is always speaking about his neighbours badly. I think he has never
liked anyone in his life!
2. The car skidded and hit a lamp post.
3. I met my cousin in Harrods recently.
4. Yesterday I was cleaning my room when suddenly I found my old keys
which I thought I had lost a year before.
5. She has very light hair and dark eyelashes. – No wonder, her mother
and grandmother also looked like that.
6. We have no milk. Put some lemon in your tea instead.
7. This famous actor is to take part in the Presidential elections this year.
Ex. 20. Translate the following into English. Use phrasal verbs.
1. Машина остановилась, так как кончился бензин.
2. Он хочет баллотироваться в президенты. Ты будешь за него
голосовать?
16
3. Вчера я наткнулся дома на свои старые фотографии и вспомнил
своих школьных друзей.
4. Вам случайно не довелось встретиться со знакомыми, когда вы
были в Лондоне?
5. Как вы думаете, как она будет себя чувствовать, если вы все время
будете говорить о ней гадости?
6. Он сказал, что машина заскользила на дороге, и поэтому он
врезался в столб.
7. У нее очень светлые волосы. – У них все в семье блондины.
HEALTH: ILLNESS AND DISEASE.
Common problems.
What’s the matter?
How do you know? (the
symptoms)
I’ve got a cold.
A sore throat, sneezing, a
cough
I’ve got flu (more symptoms for a cold +
serious than a cold)
aching muscles and a
temperature, e.g. 39.5
I’ve got hay fever sneezing, runny nose, sore
(allergy)
eyes
I’ve got diarrhoea.
I keep going to the toilet.
I feel sick.
I want to vomit (= be sick, to
throw up)
I’ve got a hangover.
headache, feeling sick
Cause of illness
a virus
a virus
pollen, dust
food, or a virus
food, alcohol
too much alcohol
Note: For these illnesses, you can either buy something from the chemist, or
go to your doctor, who may give you a prescription.
Aches and pains.
Nouns: We only use ache with the following: I’ve got a headache, a
stomach ache, a backache, an earache and a toothache. For other parts of
the body we use pain. I woke up in the night with a terrible pain in the chest.
Verbs: You can use ache for some things, e.g. it aches, but hurt is more
common to describe real pain, and it can be used with or without a direct
object:
17
She hurt her foot when she jumped off the bus and fell over. (also injured
here) or
She hurt herself when she jumped off the bus and fell over.
I hit my leg against the table and it really hurts.(=gives me a terrible pain)
Adjectives: The only common adjective is painful (≠painless)
I had an injection yesterday and it was painful.
A: Did it hurt when you had your filling? (=when the dentist fills a
hole/cavity in the tooth)
B: No, it was painless.
Serious illnesses
Doctors believe smoking is the major cause of lung cancer.
He had a heart attack and died almost immediately.
Hepatitis is a liver disease.
Asthma (chest illness causing breathing problems) has become more
common.
Note: illness and disease are often used in the same way, but disease is used
for a serious condition caused by an infection e.g. a liver disease. Illness is a
more general word.
Ex. 21. Write down the main symptom or symptoms for these conditions.
1 a cold: ………………………………………………………………..
2 flu:……………………………………………………………………
3 hay fever:…………………………………………………………….
4 a hangover:…………………………………………………………..
5 diarrhoea:…………………………………………………………….
6 asthma:………………………………………………………………..
Ex. 22. Fill the gaps with a suitable word.
1 I hit my hand on the desk and it really ……………. .
2 They say she died of a heart …………….. .
3 She had some apples that weren’t ready to eat and now she’s got
stomach………. .
4 I’ve got this terrible …………. in my neck from sleeping in the wrong
position.
18
5 He died of ………. cancer even though he never smoked a cigarette in
his life.
6 I went to the doctor, and she gave me a ………….. for some tablets.
7 Pollution makes her ………… worse and it’s difficult for her to breathe.
8 There are different forms of hepatitis; one is a more serious ……….
than the other.
9 I hurt …………… when I fell off that chair.
10 My back ………… from sitting at that computer all day.
Ex. 23. Have you had any illnesses recently? Have you had any pains and
aches recently? Make a list of the ones you have had. Are there any other
illnesses you have had or still have? If so, find the name for it/them in
English.
HEALTH. INJURIES.
Common injuries.
An injury is damage to part of your body, usually caused by an accident in
the home, on the roads, or during a game, e.g. football
What’s the problem?
I cut (v, n,) my finger
I cut my leg quite
badly
I twisted my ankle
I broke my arm
I’ve got concussion
How did it happen?
using a knife
I fell over
Result
it’s bleeding a lot
it’s bleeding quite a lot
I can’t walk on it
I can’t use it
I’m confused; don’t
know where I am
I burnt my hand
taking something out it’s very painful
of a hot oven
I’ve got a bruise (n,v) I hit it on the side of it’s
swollen
and
on my arm
my desk
blue/black in colour
running for a bus
I fell off my bike
playing football
Hospital treatment
Look carefully at the key words in these texts.
John fell off a chair, hit his head on the floor, and knocked himself
unconscious. His wife called an ambulance but John was still unconscious
when it arrived. He was rushed to hospital (=taken very quickly) where they
kept him for two days for blood tests.
19
I jumped for the ball and collided with another player(=we ran into/hit each
other). We both had cuts on our heads, but I had to go to hospital for eight
stitches.
Wounds and injuries
Wound (n, v) and injuries are both used to describe damage to the body, but
a wound is generally caused by a weapon (e.g. gun or knife) and it is usually
intentional.
He shot the man in the chest. (=a bullet wound in the chest from a gun)
He stabbed the boy in the back. (=a knife wound in the back)
He got into the fight and got beaten up. He had a black eye and two broken
ribs.
Ex. 24. Complete the table with the correct verb forms.
Noun
cut
wound
injury
shot
Verb
Noun
blood
bandage
bruise
treatment
Verb
Ex. 25. Complete these conversations in a suitable way.
1. A: ……. bleeding quite a bit, so I had to put a plaster on it before I could
finish.
B: How did you do it, anyway?
A: Oh, I was ……. .
2. A: ……. . The next day the eye was really swollen and he had bruises
down
both his arms.
B: My goodness. What did he tell his parents?
A: More or less the truth. He said he fell over while jumping off the bus.
3. A: ……. tried to get up again but I couldn’t move. It was incredibly
painful, but fortunately there were a few pedestrians around to help me.
B: That’s lucky. But what were you doing?
A: ……. .
4. A: …… my face was cut and he had a terrible bruise on his head.
B: Sounds very unpleasant. How did it happen exactly?
20
A: ……. a fight.
Ex. 26. Answer these questions about yourself. Ask your partner the
same questions.
1 Have you ever broken your arm or leg?
2 Have you ever needed stitches?
3 Have you ever had concussion?
4 Have you ever been unconscious?
5 Have you ever had a blood test?
6 Have you ever been in an ambulance?
READING I
AT THE DOCTOR’S
Doctor: Good morning, Mr. Baker. What’s the trouble? You certainly don’t
look as if there is anything wrong with you.
James: I haven’t been feeling very well for some time. I’ve lost my appetite
and I don’t sleep very well. I have rather a bad cough that I can’t get
rid of, and a pain in my chest, sometimes, when I breathe.
Doctor: I see. Very well. You’d better have a thorough examination. Let me
see your tongue… Yes, your stomach is a little out of order… Now
your pulse… Yes, that’s all right. Now just unbutton your coat and
shirt and I’ll listen to your heart and chest. Say “Ninety-nine”.
James: Ninety-nine.
Doctor: Again.
James: Ninety-nine, ninety-nine.
Doctor: Do you smoke a lot?
James: Well, rather a lot, I’m afraid; twenty or thirty cigarettes a day.
Doctor: H’m. You ought to cut that down for a time. Let me see your throat.
Say “Ah!”
James: Ah! Ah!
Doctor: All right, that will do. You can put your coat on again now. Have you
been losing weight?
James: No, I don’t lose or gain, at least never more than a pound or so one
way or another.
Doctor: Well, there’s nothing serious the matter with you, but you are rather
run down. You’ve been working too hard and you need a real rest.
I’ll give you a bottle of medicine that will help. Take a tablespoonful
in water three times a day after meals. Eat plenty of plain good food,
have no cigarettes and drink plenty of milk, at least a pint a day, and
21
not much coffee; get plenty of fresh air and plenty of sleep, but,
above all, don’t try to do too much. A real change of air and
surroundings would be very helpful if you could manage it.
James: As a matter of fact, I’ve been invited to go and stay with some friends
in their cottage in Cornwall.
Doctor: That’s just the thing. But remember, take it easy. Not too much
swimming or tennis, at least for a week or two, but a good walk by
the sea or along the cliffs every day would do you a world of good.
I’ll see you again when you come back, just to make sure you’re all
right. Don’t worry about yourself. If that holiday in Cornwall doesn’t
work wonders
I’ll be very much surprised. Another month and
you’ll be quite fit. Good luck.
Ex. 27. Answer the questions.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
What did James complain of?
What were the results of the doctor’s examination?
Was James’s illness serious?
What were the doctor’s recommendations?
Was James going to follow them?
Ex. 28. Pair work. Speak on one of the topics.
1) A visit to the doctor’s.
2) Taking a child to the doctor’s.
READING II
Some people are so afraid of being told that they have cancer that they
avoid going to the doctor for a diagnosis. My aunt Josie is such a person.
She had severe pains in her belly for three weeks. During that time she also
lost all her energy. Then, one day, she fainted. When her husband found her
unconscious, he rushed her to the hospital. When the doctor examined Aunt
Josie, he had a surprising but happy diagnosis for her: instead of the cancer
that she had been so afraid of, Aunt Josie had a simple stomach infection. He
promised her that with the medicine he gave her, she would recover within
one week, and she did.
After her recovery, the family made Aunt Josie promise that she would
never again be crazy enough to delay consulting a doctor for so long.
Ex. 29. Answer the following questions.
22
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
What diagnosis was Aunt Josie afraid of?
How did she know that she was sick? (Two reasons)
Why did Aunt Josie’s husband take her to hospital?
What was actually wrong with her?
How long did her recovery take?
What behaviour did her family think was crazy?
READING III
Read the dialogue, look up all the words you don’t know in the dictionary.
Render the dialogue to your partner in indirect speech.
GOING TO THE DOCTOR’S
Wayne fell off his bicycle. He’s in the casualty department at the local
hospital. Dr. Singh is examining him.
Doctor: Hello, Wayne, isn’t it? You’ve had a bit of a fall. What were you
doing? Going too fast?
Wayne: Yes, doctor. I fell off going round a corner.
Doctor: You’d better get undressed then, and we’ll take a look at you. Mm.
That’s a nasty cut. I’ll have to put a couple of stitches on that.
Wayne: I’ve got a cut here too, doctor.
Doctor: It looks worse than it is. It’s only a graze. The nurse will clean it up
for you. It’ll sting, but that’s all. Now, does it hurt anywhere else?
Wayne: I’ve got a pain in my arm. It’s very sore, and it feels stiff.
Doctor: Well, there’s nothing broken, but you’ve bruised your shoulder. It’ll
be sore for a few days. Now, did you bang your head at all?
Wayne: Yes, I did. I fell onto the bike. But it doesn’t hurt now.
Doctor: Did you feel dizzy?
Wayne: No, not at all.
Doctor: Look up there, I’m just going to shine this light in your eye. No,
that’s fine. I’ll just do the stitches, and the nurse will put a dressing
on it. Then you can go home.
Ex. 30. Answer the questions.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Why did Wayne have to come to the doctor?
How did the doctor help him?
What do you think he told his mother when he returned home?
Has anything like that happened to you?
23
READING IV
CUTS, BRUISES, BITES & BURNS
Cuts
Bleeding can usually be stopped by applying pressure to the cut for 2 or
3 minutes. The cut can then be carefully inspected. If it has bled freely any
germs will normally have been washed away by the blood.
Apply a plaster dressing firmly, bringing the edges of the cut together
so that it knits quickly. Keep dry for 1 to 2 days.
If the cut is deep and the edges cannot be pulled together with a
dressing consult the doctor or the practice nurse. A tetanus injection may be
needed.
Grazes
Dirt will often enter a graze caused by falling on a hard or rough
surface. It must be cleaned out carefully with an antiseptic solution.
After cleaning, leave the graze uncovered. Exposure to the air will
cause a scab to form. This will gradually dry and fall off.
It is not a good idea to apply a dressing. This may stick to the graze or
make it soggy and infected.
Bruises
Bruises are very common in children. They normally get better in 7 to
10 days. Parents sometimes worry that a bone may be broken. Children's
bones are rubbery and rarely break, but if in doubt consult the doctor.
If a child gets up at once after a fall and moves about normally, it is
unlikely that a bone has been broken. But the child may be stiff the next day
because of the bruising which has occurred.
Severe bruising can be treated by:
Rest for 24 to 48 hours. In the case of a badly bruised leg, the limb
should be raised. Lying in bed is the easiest way to do this.
A cold compress may ease a bad bruise if applied at once. This is made
by soaking some material in water and applying it to the bruise.
Bruises on the head may cause anxiety. If the patient was not "knocked
out" and can remember the accident it is unlikely that serious injury has
resulted.
But if the patient was knocked unconscious and cannot remember what
happened, he or she should be taken to a hospital casualty department.
Insect bites
These are common in the summer. They look like spots about ¼" across.
They are very itchy and usually appear on exposed parts, e.g. arms and legs.
The itching can be relieved by calamine lotion.
Burns and scalds
24
Minor burns and scalds cause redness of the skin. Immediate treatment
by pouring cold water over a burn is often helpful. If burns cause severe
blistering or break the skin, the doctor should be consulted.
Sunburn should, if possible, be prevented by avoiding long exposure
and covering exposed areas adequately. It may be treated by calamine lotion
and soluble aspirin to relieve the pain.
(from a health education booklet)
Mark the correct answer:
1. The purpose of the booklet is
a. to tell us what to do until a doctor arrives.
b. to explain what causes minor illnesses.
с. to show that it is unnecessary to call a doctor.
d. to help us to treat minor illnesses at home.
2. The one injury which we are told not to cover is
a. a bruise.
b. sunburn.
с. a graze.
d. an insect bite.
3. When treating a minor cut, we are first told to
a. clean out the wound.
b. press down on the wound
с. wash the blood away.
d. close up the wound.
GRAMMAR. PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE FORMS.
Have + been + -ing (participle I)
We use the Present Perfect Continuous for an activity that has recently
stopped or just stopped. There is a connection with now:
 You are out of breath. Have you been running?
 Paul is very tired. He has been working very hard.
 Why are your clothes so dirty? What have you been doing?
 I have been talking to Carol about the problem and she thinks that...
It has been raining for two hours.
It is raining now. It began raining two hours ago and it is still raining.
How long has it been raining?
It has been raining for two hours.
25
We often use the Present Perfect Continuous in this way, especially with how
long, for..... and since ... The activity is still happening (as in this example) or
has just stopped.
 How long have you been learning English?
 Tim is still watching television. He's been watching television all day.
 Where have you been? I have been looking for you for the last half hour.
 George hasn't been feeling well recently.
NOTE: The verbs not used in the Continuous form cannot be used in the
Perfect Continuous form either. In this case we use the Perfect form: I
have known him since last year.
VERBS NOT USED IN THE CONTINUOUS FORM
1. Verbs denoting sense perception: to see, to hear.
2. Verbs denoting mental activity: to know, to believe, to think (have an
opinion), to doubt, to feel (have an opinion), to guess, to imagine, to
mean, to realise, to recognize, to remember, to understand, to
suppose.
3. Verbs denoting feeling: to like, to love, to dislike, to prefer, to hate.
4. Verbs denoting wish: to wish, to want.
5. Verbs denoting affect or influence: to astonish, to please, to surprise,
to satisfy, to impress.
6. Verbs denoting abstract relations: to have, to be, to contain, to
depend, to belong, to consist of, to deserve, to lack, to involve, to
fit, to include, etc.
Ex. 31. Choose the correct form.
1. I am writing/ have been writing/wrote letters for the last two hours.
2. I am going/ go/ have been going out with some friends tonight.
3. "How long are you learning/ have you been learning English?"
4. When I was a child, we have been living/ have lived/ lived in a house by the
river.
5. I have had/ have this watch since my 18th birthday.
6. 'How long have you known/ do you know Jessica?
7. I am/ have been ill for three days now. I think I'd better call the doctor.
Ex. 32. Write sentences using the Present Perfect Continuous
Model: The sun came out three hours ago. It's still shining.
The sun has been shining for three hours.
26
1. He started work in 2008. He's still working for the same company.
2. She started to live with him in 2009. She still lives with him.
3. We had our first holiday in Spain ten years ago. We still go there.
4. I started learning French in 2007. I'm still learning it.
5. Prices started rising three months ago. They are still rising.
Ex. 33. Write a sentence with for or since, using the Present Perfect
Simple or the Present Perfect Continuous. In many cases you will need to
change the verb.
Model: I became a member of this club in 2000. It's now 2010.
I've been a member of this club since 2000 (for 10 years).
1. We moved to Spain ten years ago. 2. The children turned on the TV at 6
p.m. It's 9 p.m. now. 3. Francis bought this bicycle last year. 4. Joanne started
her homework when she got home. She's still doing it and it's bed time. 5. She
had a holiday two years ago. That was the last time she had a holiday.
Ex. 34. Put the verb into the Present Perfect Simple or the Present
Perfect Continuous.
1. Where have you been? Have you been playing (you/play) tennis?
2. Look! Somebody ............................(break) that window.
3. You look tired. ........................(you/work) hard?
4. '.......................(you/ever/work) in a factory?' 'No, never.'
5. 'Jane is away on holiday.' 'Oh, is she? Where .................(she/go)?
6. My brother is an actor. He ......................(appear) in several films.
7. 'Sorry I'm late.' 'That's all right. I ........................(not/wait) long.'
8. 'Is it still raining?' 'No, it .......................(stop).
9. I......................(lose) my address book. .................. (you/see) it anywhere?
10. I ......................(read) the book you lent me but I ............... (not/finish) it
yet.
11. I ...............(read) the book you lent me, so you can have it back now.
Ex. 35. Work in pairs. Ask each other questions as in the example. Give
as many different explanations as you can.
Model:
A:
B:
C:
D:
Why are your eyes all red?
I've been crying.
I've been peeling onions.
I’ve been watching Love Story on television.
Ask why:
27
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
your hair's wet
you're out of breath
you've got oil on your hands
your hands are shaking
your face is red
you've got blood on your hands
there's sawdust on the floor
Ex. 36. What do you think these people:
(a) have been doing recently ?
(b) haven't been doing recently?
1.
2.
3.
4.
Eric has put on six kilos.
Samantha has lost her suntan.
Michael's got severe toothache.
Janice isn't going to pass her exam.
Ex. 37. Work in pairs.
Model:
A:
B:
A:
В:
You look tired. What have you been doing?
I've been redecorating my flat.
How much have you done?
(How far have you got with it?)
Well, so far I've done the ceiling and I've papered the
walls, but I haven't painted the woodwork yet.
Have conversations like this about:
1. cleaning the living room
2. typing letters
3. revising for the exam
4. building a house
5. making the supper
6. getting the flat ready for a party
7. organizing your brother's wedding
Tell each other what you have really been doing recently, and what particular
things you have done.
Ex. 38. Read the text:
Here is part of a letter:
28
I’ve been doing a lot of work on my flat over the past few weeks. I’ve
taken up the dirty old lino that was there before, and sanded all the
floors, except in the kitchen, where I’ve put cork tiles on the floor. I’ve
also stripped off all that hideous flowery wallpaper, and yesterday I
started painting the walls white. And I’ve been going round second-hand
shops looking for cheap furniture. I haven’t bought much yet, but I’ve
got two very nice armchairs which I found in a sale a few weeks ago – I
got them for £10 each.
In the same way, choose one of the sentences below, and develop it into a
paragraph.
1.
2.
3.
4.
I've been getting my life organized recently.
I've been finding out about holiday jobs over the past couple of weeks.
I've been keeping very fit lately.
I've been living a wild life for the past three months.
Ex. 39. Translate into English.
Use the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect Continuous Tense.
1. Я жду здесь с десяти часов. Сюда никто не заходил.
2. Мы читаем эту книгу с сентября и прочли уже больше половины.
3. Она себя неважно чувствует в последнее время и пропустила
несколько занятий в этом семестре.
4. Ты нас здесь держишь уже полчаса. Ты решил подшутить над
нами?
5. Я сегодня делала покупки и наконец нашла тебе подарок.
6. Он тренирует эту команду всего полгода, но они сделали большие
успехи.
7. Что вы там так долго обсуждали? Только первый вопрос? А мы
уже обсудили все остальные.
8. Я работаю над этой статьёй целую неделю. Ваша помощь всегда
много значила для меня.
THE PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE
Study this example situation.
Yesterday morning I got up and looked out of the window. The sun was
shining but the ground was wet. It had been raining. It was not raining when
I looked out of the window; the sun was shining. But it had been raining
before. That's why the ground was wet.
You can say that something had been happening for a period of time
29
before something else happened.
 Our game of tennis was interrupted. We had been playing for about
half an hour when it started to rain very heavily.
 Ken gave up smoking two years ago. He had been smoking for 30
years.
 All the roads were blocked: it had been snowing all night long.
 Mary could see that the child had been crying for some time.
Ex. 40. Complete the text with the Past Perfect Continuous: chose the
verb:
drive
lie repair work
John Latton, 39, an engineer at Felton Plastics in Upton, had a lucky escape
after the accident on the A34 in the early hours of the morning.
Mr Latton fell asleep while driving and crashed into a pile of sand left by the
workers who ............. the road.
When he left Felton Plastics at 3.00 this morning, Mr Latton ......... for 72
hours without any sleep.
A passing motorist discovered the accident after the engineer ......... in his car
with a broken leg for half an hour. Ambulance workers said that if Mr Latton
........ any faster his injuries might have been much worse.
Ex. 41. Practise the Past Perfect Continuous Tense according the model.
Model 1. He was short of breath because (run all the way)
He was short of breath because he had been running all the
way.
1. His hands were dirty (work in the garden). 2. She passed all her
examinations very well (study hard throughout the term). 3. He was behind
the class (not study properly). 4. Her eyes were red (cry). 5. She got used to
his strange ways (live together for a long time). 6. She looked half asleep
(rest).
Model 2. They drove for three hours. Then they stopped for lunch.
After they had been driving for three hours, they stopped for
lunch.
1. We walked for an hour. Then we understood that we had taken the wrong
way. 2. He waited for her for half an hour. Then he went away. 3. He worked
at the laboratory for five years. Then he changed his job. 4. I thought the
matter over for quite some time. Then I took a decision. 5. He looked through
the latest newspapers and magazines for some time. Then he sat down to his
report. 6. She watched the television late into the night. Then she couldn't
sleep.
30
Ex. 42. Read the story.
On Tuesday afternoon, everyone in my family was very busy - except me.
During the afternoon Helen repaired her car; John practised his karate; Kate
did some gardening; Stephanie played tennis; Roger swam for half an hour;
Pam went horse-riding; Philip painted the ceiling in his room blue. I spent the
afternoon sitting reading.
Now answer the questions.
Model: Who had black grease on her hands?
Helen, because she had been repairing her car.
1. Who had dirt on her hands and knees?
2. Who was wearing a short white skirt? Why?
3. Who was wearing a white jacket and trousers and a black belt? Why?
4. Who was wearing high boots and a hard hat? Why?
5. Whose hair had light blue streaks in it? Why?
6. Whose hair was all wet? Why?
Ex. 43. Put the verbs into the correct form.
Julia and Kevin are old friends. They meet by chance at a station.
Julia: Hello, Kevin. ....... (I/not/see) you for ages. How are you?
Kevin: I'm fine. How about you? ....... (you/look) well.
Julia: Yes, I'm very well thanks. So, ....... (you/go) somewhere or
....... (you/meet) somebody off a train?
Kevin: ........ (I/go) to London for a business meeting.
Julia: Oh, ....... (you/often/go) away on business?
Kevin: Quite often, yes. And you? Where ........ (you/go)?
Julia: Nowhere. .......(I/meet) a friend. Unfortunately, her train (be)
……. delayed - ……. (I /wait) here for nearly half an hour.
Kevin: How are the children?
Julia: They're all fine, thanks. The youngest ........ (just/start) school.
Kevin: How ........ (she/get) on? ....... (she/like) it?
Julia: Yes, ....... (she/ think) it's great.
Kevin: ....... (you/ work) at the moment? When I last ....... (speak) to you, .......
(you/ work) in a travel agency.
Julia: That's right. Unfortunately, the firm ....... (go) out of business a
couple of months after ....... (I/ start) work there, so ....... (I/ lose/) my
job.
Kevin: And ....... (you/ not/ have) a job since then?
31
Julia: Not a permanent job. ....... (I/ have) a few temporary jobs.
By the way, ....... (you/ see) Joe recently?
Kevin: Joe? He's in Canada.
Julia: Really? How long ........ (he/ be) in Canada?
Kevin: About a year now. ....... (I/ see) him a few days before ....... (he/ go).
........ (he/ be) unemployed for months, so ......... (he/ decide) to try his
luck somewhere else. ....... (he/ really/ look forward) to going.
Julia: So, what ........ (he/ do) there?
Kevin: I've no idea. ....... (I/ not/ hear) from him since ....... (he/ leave).
Anyway, I must go and catch my train. It was really nice to see you
again.
Julia: You too. Bye. Have a good journey.
Kevin: Thanks. Bye.
Ex. 44. Translate the following sentences into English, using the Perfect
Continuous tense forms.
1. Мы пользовались этим кухонным комбайном (kitchen machine) в
течение трёх лет, она действовала безотказно (прекрасно). 2. Я весь день
сегодня думаю о том, что я скажу, когда мы придём к ним. 3. Почему вы
так взволнованы? – У нас был спор. 4. Этот человек идёт за нами всю
дорогу от станции. Он, наверное, не знает дороги. 5. Что здесь
происходило? Почему все такие взволнованные? 6. Этот шум беспокоит
меня с самого утра, и я не могу понять, откуда он идёт. 7. Ты слишком
много кофе пьёшь последнее время. 8. Он был уверен, что она живёт в
Москве с 2002 года. 9. Ты опять курил в комнате? 10. Ты плакала? Что
случилось? 11. У него было такое чувство, что он живёт здесь уже
давно. 12. Когда она последний раз выходила из школы, где училась
десять лет, она не думала, что снова вернётся в неё, но уже
учительницей. 13. Он носит очки с детства.
THE FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
The Future Perfect Continuous is used to express an action that will last for
some time up to a certain moment in the future and will still be going on at
that moment, e.g.
Tomorrow they will have been repairing the road for a month. It takes
them so long! (Завтра будет уже месяц, как ремонтируют эту
дорогу.
Как долго!)
Note the emotional attitude of the speaker to the fact.
Naturally this tense form is not used very often.
32
Ex. 45. Open the brackets using the Future Perfect Continuous and
translate the sentences into Russian.
Model: By next August she (teach) English for 30 years.
By next August she will have been teaching English for 30 years.
К августу следующего года будет уже 30 лет, как она преподает
английский язык.
1. I’m so worried about John! In 15 minutes they (operate) on him for 3
hours.
2. Next April we (live) in this city for 10 years.
3. By the end of the week I (take) this medicine for a month. To no effect
unfortunately!
4. I was impatient. In 5 minutes they (examine) my brother for an hour. I
wondered what was wrong.
5. Next month we (complain) about the poor water supply for half a year.
Are they going to do anything about it?
6. Tomorrow she (work) in this hospital for a year. We should buy her
some flowers.
7. At 12 o’clock I (wait) for him for half an hour. How nasty of him!
Ex. 46. Translate into English.
1. К тому времени, как он окончит университет, будет уже 2 года,
как его родители работают в Южной Африке.
2. Мы будем рекламировать эти товары несколько месяцев к тому
времени, как они появятся на рынке.
3. На будущий год к этому времени она будет изучать французский
уже два года.
4. К тому времени, когда она приедет, я уже буду жить здесь в
течение двух лет.
5. Сколько времени они проживут в гостинице, пока не переедут в
свой новый дом?
COMPOUND NOUNS
Formation
A compound noun is formed from two nouns, or an adjective and a noun.
Here are some common examples.
33
alarm clock
dining room
credit card
film star
table tennis
box office
brother-in-law
T-shirt
income tax
earring
writing paper
sunglasses
washing machine
traffic lights
cheque book
tin opener
baby-sitter parking meter mother tongue
first aid
science fiction
pedestrian crossing
One word or two?
Compound nouns are usually written as two words (e.g. credit card), but
sometimes they are joined by a hyphen (e.g. baby-sitter), or written as one
word (e.g. sunglasses). Unfortunately there is no rule for this, so you may
need to check in a dictionary
Pronunciation
The main stress is usually on the first part (e.g. parking meter) but sometimes
it is on both parts (e.g. mother tongue).
Forming new compounds
Quite often, one part of a compound forms the basis for a number of
compound nouns.
post/ticket/box office
traffic lights/warden/jam
brother/sister/mother/father-in-law
film/pop/rock star
dining/sitting/waiting room
Note: A traffic jam is a long line of cars which are moving slowly because
the road is busy; and traffic wardens patrol the streets to make sure you are
not parked in the wrong place illegally. You buy theatre tickets at the box
office and train tickets at the ticket office.
Ex. 47. Complete the sentences with suitable compound nouns.
1. I’m late because there was a terrible ….. in the center of town.
2. My ….. didn’t ring this morning and I didn’t wake up until 9.30.
3. When I got to the surgery, I had to sit in the ….. for forty minutes
before I could see the dentist.
4. Mary really wanted to see the film but she couldn’t find a ….. for the
children, so she had to stay at home.
5. When I’m driving I always wear ….. if it’s bright and sunny.
34
6. You have to pay ….. on your salary in Britain: the amount depends on
how much you earn.
7. I often have the same problem: I park the car next to a ….. , and then I
discover that I don’t have the right money.
8. In some countries you have to have a ….. box in your car for minor
injuries and illnesses.
9. My brother loves ….. , but I prefer true stories about the present or
past.
Ex. 48. Take one word (the first part or the second part) from each
compound and create a new compound. Use a dictionary to help you if
necessary.
Examples: brother-in-law………………..mother-in-law
table tennis…………………..table leg
dining room
film star
credit card
toothpaste
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
traffic lights
sunglasses
post office
hairdryer
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
COMPOUND ADJECTIVES
Formation and pronunciation
A compound adjective is formed from two different words, and occasionally
three. They are usually written with a hyphen (e.g. good-looking, well-known,
well-off, easy-going, short-sleeved), and the stress is usually the same on both
parts of the compound.
“Well” and “badly”
These adverbs combine with many past participles to form compound
adjectives. You can use “well” or “badly” in front of the adjective (except
well-known, which has no opposite).
a well directed film
a well-made pair of shoes
a well-written story
a badly-paid job (= a low salary)
a badly-behaved child (= acting in a
bad way)
a badly-dressed young man
(= wearing horrible clothes)
35
A “five-minute walk”
It is common to combine a number and a singular noun to form a compound
adjective.
It’s a fifteen-minute drive to the center.
He works in a four-star hotel.
I gave her a five-pound note.
The winner was a ten-year-old girl.
There was a two-hour delay on our flight.
Common compounds
She had a full-time job in a bank, but after the baby was born she changed to
a part-time job and just worked in the mornings.
The hotel is north-west of here, about ten miles away (also north-east,
south-east, and south-west).
Most of the population are right-handed, but about 10% are left-handed.
On trains and planes you can buy a first-class ticket if you are happy to pay a
lot more.
Mary bought a second-hand BMW (= the car was not brand-new, but was a
new car for her)
Note: As with compound nouns, you can often combine different words with
one part and form many different compound adjectives.
Ex. 49. Complete the compound adjectives in these sentences.
They were both wearing short-….. shirts.
We stayed in a five-….. hotel.
There is a shop in London which sells things for left-….. people.
He’s just bought a …..-new car.
The airport is about ten miles south-….. of the city center.
One little girl was very badly-…..; she kept shouting during lunch and
then threw food all over the floor.
7. She’s just got a …..-time job; she works three hours a day on Mondays,
Wednesdays and Fridays.
8. It was a very badly-….. article: I noticed several punctuation mistakes
and lots of spelling mistakes.
9. They’re very well-….., so they can afford to go to expensive restaurants.
10. It’s a twenty-….. walk to the house, but it takes much less than that in
the car.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
36
11. She’s got a little stall in the market where she sells second-….. things.
12. When I saw her last night, she was dancing with a very good-….. young
man in a white suit.
13. I was astonished when the man at the next table gave the waiter a ten….. note as a tip.
14. Have you ever met a well-….. actor or politician?
15. I had a nice time with my cousin – he’s a good company and very easy….. .
ARTICLE with the words bed, hospital, school (university, college), court,
prison, church, town, sea.
When these words are used to indicate actions closely associated with them,
no article is used, e.g.
It’s time to go to bed! (= to sleep)
He’s been in hospital for three days. (= as a patient)
When is your son going to school? (=as a pupil, to study)
Did he say anything in court? (=at the trial)
They sent him to prison. (=he was sentenced to a term)
Many people go to church on Sunday. (=to pray, attend the service)
Do you enjoy your life in town? (=as opposed to the country)
Where’s your brother? – He’s at sea. (=as a sailor)
However, they can be used with a or the, when they are used as ordinary class
nouns, e.g.
Is there a bed? – Yes, the bed is quite comfortable.
It’s a children’s hospital. The hospital was founded 30 years ago.
He went to a vocational school in his district. The school was a modern
building, very well equipped.
Is there a court in your town? – The court is down this road on your
left.
It was a gloomy prison, the worst prison he’d seen in his life.
We saw a church in the distance, the church was beautiful.
Bath is an ancient town. The town was founded by the Romans.
They have a warm sea. Let’s go to the sea!
Ex. 50. Use articles where necessary:
1. We had … wonderful holiday at … sea! 2. … court turned down his appeal.
3. We’re sending our children to … grammar school, that’s settled! 4. He
came … home from … school sad and disappointed. 5. Let’s move … bed to
… window. 6. Some children hate … school. 7. I like to read in … bed. 8.
He’s never gone to … church. 9. He told us about … church he goes to. 10.
37
They are building … new prison outside … town. Many people are against …
construction of … prison. 11. My little brother wants to be … sailor, he is
dreaming of going to … sea. 12. This case will be tried in … court next week.
13. He left … court in … hurry and drove to his office. 14. Where’s John? –
He’s been taken to … hospital. 15. Where’s … coach station? – Go past …
hospital, turn right and you’ll see it. 16. That night … sea was very stormy, no
boats went out to … sea. 17. I think you will have to turn to … magistrate’s
court. 18. We asked her about … University in her home town. 19. He jumped
out of … bed and ran to answer … phone. 20. Every term … parents are
invited to … school to meet … teachers. 21. I want some fresh air! Let’s get
out of … town as soon as possible.
Ex. 51. Translate into English:
1. Боюсь, вам придется соблюдать постельный режим еще несколько
дней. 2. После окончания школы она работала уборщицей в больнице. 3.
Я никогда не был на море. 4. Где отец? – В море. Они ушли вчера. 5.
Ему удалось сбежать из тюрьмы несмотря на усиленную охрану. 6. Она
встала на кровать, чтобы дотянуться до светильника. 7. Она сильно
простудилась и ее забрали в больницу. 8. Давай купим цветы по дороге в
больницу. 9. Я никогда раньше не выступал в суде. Мне страшно! 10.
Дети отдыхают за городом. У них еще несколько дней каникул. – Когда
они возвращаются в город? 11. Когда вы покинули суд, вы встретили
кого либо из своих родственников? 12. Не разговаривайте громко, когда
вы находитесь в церкви. 13. Мне надо идти в школу, помочь учителям
организовать этот вечер. 14. Мы зашли в церковь полюбоваться
витражами. (stained glass) 15. Он учится в техническом ВУЗе. 16. Где он
работает? – В крупной больнице. Он хирург. Кстати, больница рядом с
его домом.
TENSE AND VOICE REVISION
Ex. 52. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
The Car Thief
My cousin and her husband live in Hanwell, one of the suburbs of London.
One morning they ………… (wake up) to find to their dismay that their car
………..(steal) from outside their house. They immediately ……… (phone)
the police to report the theft, before they ………. (leave) for work by bus.
When they ………. (return) home later the same day, they ……… (find)
to their surprise that their car ……….. (bring back) and ........... (park) in its
38
usual place outside their house. Under one of the windscreen wipers ………..
(be) a small envelope.
They quickly ………. (open) it and ………. (find) a note ………..
(apologize) profusely for “borrowing” their car. The man who ………..
(write) it explained that he ……….. (not have) a car himself, and his wife
…….. (go) into labour in the middle of the night with their first baby. So he
……….. (hope) they …………. (not mind) too much that he ……….. (take)
their car without their permission in order to run her to the hospital, as it was
something of an emergency.
By way of compensation, he ………… (enclose) two tickets for the West
End show Sunset Boulevard on Saturday evening. They ………. (be) both
delighted as they ......... (love) Andrew Lloyd Webber’s music and ……….
(try) for ages to get tickets to this particular musical.
It was a perfect evening. They ……….. (have) front row seats and the
show itself was every bit as good as they ………… (expect). They ………
(be) in such a good mood after it that they ………… (decide) to go for a meal
at their favourite Italian restaurant. When they eventually …………. (get)
home just after midnight, a new shock ……….. (await) them. While they
were away, their house ………….. (burgle)! Everything of a value ..........
(steal). They ………… (know) immediately who the thief was because
………. (lie) on the kitchen table was a note in handwriting they (recognize),
…………. (say): HOPE YOU ………… (enjoy) THE SHOW!
WRITING: REASON / CAUSE and RESULT ( A  B )
COMPOSITION.
(Advantages and disadvantages / For and against)
Ex. 53. Study the table.
A
B
 Police think the bus caused the accident. ( = was responsible for the
accident)
A
B
 The extra investment should lead to more jobs. ( = result in more jobs)
COMPARE: Police think that a cigarette caused the fire which resulted in
the destruction of the building.
Ex. 54. Fill the gaps with the cause/result verbs in the proper tense and
voice form:
39
1. The traffic jam ……. by a road accident. 2. The earthquake …….. the
destruction of nearby towns and villages. 3. They say an earthquake can …….
by an underground nuclear test. 4. The unfair trial …….. mass protest
demonstrations.
5. The trade union leaders argue that the strike …….. chaos on the railway. 6.
Who ……. the breakage of the machine? 7. What ……. the breakage of the
machine? 8. The cutting down of trees may ……. an ecological catastrophy.
9. The floods …….. by a severe hurricane. 10. One lie can sometimes ……..
your total alienation from your friends.
Ex. 55. Study the ways of expressing reason / cause.
A
Clause
 I went home early as / since I
was feeling a bit tired.
OR: As / Since I was feeling a
bit tired, I went home early.
 We always go there because the
weather is absolutely
wonderful.
noun phrases
 We always go there because of
the wonderful weather.
 The plane was late due to bad
weather.
 Due to / Owing to the power
cut last night, I missed the late
film on TV.
 Thanks to your help we
managed to finish the work in
time.
Ex. 56. Transform the sentences using because of. Make any changes
that are necessary.
Model:
He couldn’t play because he had an injured shoulder.
He couldn’t play because of his injured shoulder.
She got the job because her qualifications are excellent.
2. The weather was terrible, so we couldn’t eat outside.
3. She had to stay at home because she had a broken ankle.
4. The light was very bad, so the referee had to stop the game.
1.
40
5. The flowers died because it was so dry.
6. The traffic was heavy. I was half an hour late.
7. He was too lazy to revise all the material, so he failed the examination.
Ex. 57. Study the ways of expressing result.
B
one sentence
two sentences
 Our suitcases were heavy, so we
took a taxi.
 She was extremely hard-working  There is fog at Heathrow.
Therefore the flight is delayed.
and therefore deserved the
promotion.
 I forgot to send the letters.
Consequently, some people
didn’t know about the meeting.
 Both the manager and his
assistant were ill. As a result,
there was no-one to take
decisions.
NOTE: Consequently and as a result are more formal than therefore.
Ex. 58. Fill the gaps with linking words of reason/cause or result.
1. My sister was tired ……. she went to bed. 2. ……. my sister was tired, she
went to bed. 3. ……. Italy has a distinctive shape of a boot, one can easily
identify it on a map. 4. One can easily identify Italy on a map ……. its
distinctive shape of a boot. 5. The bridge is closed. …….. we can’t drive to the
other side of the river. 6. My car didn’t start ……. the battery was dead. 7. Kate
couldn’t sleep …….. a terrible toothache. 8. …….. his leg was painful and
swollen, John couldn’t walk. 9. She broke her arm. …….. she didn’t take part in
the Cup game.
10. …….. a heavy snowfall last night, all the roads were blocked this
morning.
11. The roads were blocked, …….. we couldn’t reach the stadium in time. 12.
The demand has risen. …….. , there has been a rise in production. 13. …….
poor financing, the industry suffered a setback.
Ex. 59. In the following composition fill the gaps with one of the words
or phrases given below. Try not to use the same expression twice.
41
First of all / Firstly
In addition / Moreover / Furthermore
So / As a result / Therefore
However / On the other hand / In contrast
In conclusion / To sum up / On the whole
Advantages and disadvantages of living in the country.
(1) Living in the country is often the secret dream of certain city
dwellers. _______________________________ , in reality it has both its
advantages and disadvantages.
(2) There are many advantages to living in the country.
_______________ , one is much closer to nature and can enjoy more peace
and quiet. _____________________________ , life in the country is much
slower and people tend to be more open and friendly. A further advantage is
that there is much less traffic, and as a result it is a much safer place to bring
up young children.
(3) ___________________________ , there are certain drawbacks to
life outside the city. _________________________ , because there are fewer
people, one has a smaller number of friends. ___________________ ,
entertainment, particularly in the evening, is difficult to find.
_________________, the fact that there are fewer shops and services often
means
that
there
are
fewer
employment
opportunities.
____________________________ , one may have to travel long distances to
work elsewhere, and this can be extremely expensive.
(4) ___________________________ , it can be seen that the country is
more suitable for some than others. _____________________________ , it is
often the best place for those who are tired or who have young children.
____________________________ , young, single people who are following a
career and who want some excitement are better provided for by life in the
city.
Ex. 60. Join each of the paragraph numbers with its proper heading:
1
2
3
4
Disadvantages
Advantages
Conclusion
Introduction
42
Ex. 61. In the following notes for a composition on the advantages and
disadvantages of television put a plus (+) for advantages and a minus ()
for disadvantages. Add some of your ideas to the list:
+ good company
 bad for the eyes
can be educational
stops people from talking to each other
discourages people from taking exercise
cheap
makes reading seem less attractive
good for old people living alone
can create problems in the family
good for children
stops people going to the theatre, cinema, etc.
bad for the sports industry
Ex. 62. Read the text.
STAYING HEALTHY
One way to stay healthy is to eat healthy food, exercise, and watch your
weight. But these days many people are overweight; they are too heavy. In
fact, up to 70% of Americans are overweight. So a lot of people want to lose
weight.
One way that people try to lose weight is by going on a diet. When you go
on a diet, you eat fewer calories. You can eat less food or eat food that is low
in calories. Another way to lose weight is to exercise more. Some people also
try using weight-loss remedies. Weight-loss remedies are diet pills or drinks
that people use to lose weight. Some people even go to a doctor who can do
surgery to take fat off their bodies.
What do you think is the best way to solve the problem of overweight
(going on a diet, more exercise, using weight-loss remedies, having
surgery) and why. Consider the problem from different points of view:
health (is it healthy?), convenience (is it easy?), cost (is it inexpensive?),
effectiveness (does it work?), speed (is it fast?). What are the advantages
and disadvantages? Discuss it with other students.
43
Ex. 63. Read the notes in the box and write a composition (120-180
words) on one of the headings below:





Make two lists - one of advantages, one of disadvantages.
Decide in what order you will mention the points.
Decide what to say in the introduction.
Decide what to say in the conclusion.
Use the proper connectives. The following expressions may be
useful:
one of the advantages/disadvantages of ... is...
there are advantages/disadvantages to ...
the (main) advantage/disadvantage of ... is ...
the (main) drawback/problem with ... is ...
a further advantage (of)/problem (with) ... is ...
 Write out the composition in four paragraphs: Introduction,
Advantages, Disadvantages, Conclusion.




Advantages and disadvantages of going on a diet.
Advantages and disadvantages of professional sport.
Advantages and disadvantages of volunteer work.
Advantages and disadvantages of living abroad.
44
UNIT VI. EDUCATION
GRAMMAR: INFINITIVE
Pre-reading questions:
1.What do you know about the education system in the USA and in
Great Britain?
2.When do children start/leave school?
3.Do school leavers have to take entrance exams to go to university?
TEXT: LETTERS FROM COLLEGE
Dear Ann,
I meant to write you at once, but it took me rather long to get used to
College life. College¹ is a very big place and at first I got lost almost every
time I left my room. Things are much easier now and I am sure the College
you attended when you were a girl could not have been so nice. Come to visit
me. You won’t be disappointed, I’m good at showing people about.
Our College was founded over two hundred years ago. On your right is
the library which was built about the same year the College was founded. (So
you can easily imagine how it looks and smells inside!) The building on your
left, which rather reminds me of a Gothic Cathedral is in fact the gymnasium,
and the Tudor Romanesque² next to it is the new infirmary³ and so on and so
forth.
The trouble with College is that they expect you to know such a lot of
things you’ve never learnt. It wasn’t my fault that I didn’t know so many
things. I never knew I was so much behind the others.
I made an awful mistake the very first day. Somebody mentioned
Maurice Maeterlinck4, and I asked if he was a Freshman5. That joke has gone
all over College.
Did you ever hear of Michael Angelo6? I didn’t, until last week. He
was a famous artist who lived in Italy in the Middle Ages 7. Everybody in
English Literature knew about him and the whole class laughed because I
thought he was an archangel. He sounds like an archangel, doesn’t he? Now I
know better. When people start talking about things I never heard of, I just
keep quiet and look them up in the encyclopedia.
We’ve been studying hard all through the term. Now that the exams
have started, it’s got even worse. I’ve learned fifty-seven French irregular
verbs in the past four days – I’m only hoping they’ll stay till after
examinations.
45
The fellows have been telling me that some of the boys sell their textbooks when they’re through with them, but I’m going to keep mine. Then,
after I’ve graduated, I’ll have my whole education in the book-case. It’ll be
much easier than if I try to keep it in my head.
Now, more news coming, if you are still interested. They have
organized a Freshman basketball team and I’m joining it. It’s great fun and I
agreed to be part of the team.
That was all good news. Now for the bad news. I failed in
mathematics. It wasn’t really my fault, it was just bad luck. I’ll be taking
another exam next month. I’ll do my best to pass, but be ready for the worst,
and don’t say I didn’t warn you. As for me, I take it easy, because I’ve
learned such a lot of things not mentioned in the catalogue8.
Speaking of classics, have you ever read “Hamlet”? If you haven’t, do
it at once. It’s perfectly splendid. I’ve been hearing about Shakespeare all my
life, but I had no idea he really wrote so well. That’s all for now. I’m looking
forward to hearing from you, John.
P.S. 9 You’ll be pleased to hear that I refused to go to my friend’s and
will try to catch up with the rest.
NOTES
1. College: here a school of higher learning giving a Bachelor's degree (a first
university degree). It is worth noting that the first two years in an American
college or university are a continuation of secondary education. During this
time certain courses in English, social science, and so forth must actually
be completed before a student may begin an intensive study of his special
field.
2. Gothic, Tudor Romanesque: styles of the 15th century European
architecture.
3. infirmary - a hospital; a room or other place where people who are ill are
given care and treatment: the school infirmary
4. Maurice Maeterlinck: 1862-1949, a Belgian dramatist and poet, author of
“The Blue Bird”, received the Nobel prize for literature in 1911.
5. Freshman: a student of the first year. An American university student, in
the typical case, takes four years, known as freshman, sophomore, junior
and senior years. The British university student typically takes three years:
these are known as the first, second and final years.
6. Michelangelo, 1475-1564, an Italian painter, sculptor, architect, and poet.
“Michael Angelo” is the way John hears the name, he has never seen it
written.
46
7. Middle Ages: the period of European history between about 500 A.D. and
1650 A.D. (Anno Domini – in the year of our Lord).
8. Catalogue (AmE): University course-list (BrE) curriculum:
9. P.S.: postscript, a short addition to a letter, below the place where one has
one's name.
VOCABULARY
mean vt (meant) 1.значить, иметь значение, означать What does this word
mean? What does his silence mean? Your help means a lot to us. 2. думать,
намереваться, иметь в виду I never meant to upset you. He didn't mean
anybody when he said it. Phr mean well иметь самые добрые намерения.
Don’t be angry with me. I meant well. meaning n
rather adv довольно, до некоторой степени The story is rather sad. It took
him rather long to read the book. I rather enjoyed the play
disappoint vt разочаровывать, огорчать The book disappointed me. His
refusal disappointed us. We were disappointed in him (with his answer;
about the arrangement); disappointment n
imagine vt представлять себе, воображать, полагать I can't imagine how
I'll do it. Don't imagine that it's easy to do; imagination n воображение have
much (little, a rich, a poor, etc) imagination
remind vt напоминать, напомнить remind sb to do sth He reminds me of
his father. They reminded me about our arrangement.
fault n 1. вина It's your own fault that we are late. Phr It's my fault. Виноват.
Извините. 2. недостаток, дефект True, he has a lot of faults, but he is a nice
fellow all the same. Phr find fault with sb/sth придираться к кому-н. / чемун. You are always finding fault with me.
sound vi звучать, казаться Her voice sounded strange over the telephone.
His argument (explanation, suggestion, etc) sounds all right;
sound n звук the sound of an instrument (the sea, voices, etc)
keep vt (kept) 1.держать, хранить, оставлять (себе) Where do you keep
your books (clothes, money, food, etc)? Can you keep all these facts in your
head? May I keep your book for two days more? Phr keep a secret
(со)хранить тайну; keep a tradition хранить, (поддерживать) традицию и
т.д. 2. оставлять, удерживать, задерживать I hope he won't keep us too
47
long; vt/vi 3. задержать(ся), сохранять(ся), оставаться (в определённом
положении, состоянии) keep quiet (silent, busy, warm, etc); I hope this fine
weather keeps a little longer. The work kept him very busy. Phr Keep to the
right (left)! Держитесь правой (левой) стороны!
term n 1. семестр (учебный), 2. срок Phr a term of срок пребывания у
власти (правительства, президента и т.п.)
be through with sb, smth 1. закончить что-то I hope I’ll be through with my
course paper next week. 2. покончить с кем-то/с чем-то I'm through with
John, I’m not going out with him anymore.
education n образование, воспитание
a good (excellent, poor, etc)
education; an elementary education начальное образование; a secondary
education среднее образование; higher education высшее образование;
compulsory education обязательное обучение; free education бесплатное
образование Phr receive an education получить образование Phr have the
right to education иметь право на образование
interest vt интересовать, заинтересовывать The new project interested
them. Phr be (get) interested in sb/sth (за)интересовываться кем-н./ чем-н.
He has been interested in art all his life; take an interest in sb/sth проявлять
интерес к кому-н. /чему-н. He takes no interest in math; be of (some, no,
any) interest (to sb/sth) представлять интерес (для кого-л., чего-л.) Is it of
any interest to you?
fun n веселье, забава, шутка We had a lot of fun at the party. Phr make fun
of sb/sth подшутить над кем-н./чем-н.; do (say, etc) sth in (for) fun делать
(говорить и т.п.) что-н. в шутку (ради шутки), для удовольствия He is
learning French for fun; funny a 1.смешной, забавный a funny story (joke,
hat; question, idea; fellow, face, etc); 2.странный, непонятный a funny
feeling (business, etc);
There is something funny about the affair.
(dis)agree vi (не) соглашаться, (не) договариваться He agreed to do it. I
can't agree with you (your idea). He agreed to the arrangement. We agreed
about (up)on the price; (dis)agreement n (не)согласие, agreement n
договор, соглашение Phr come to an agreement прийти к соглашению
fail vi/vt 1. потерпеть неудачу, не иметь успеха, провалиться на
экзаменах Why did the plan (attack, play, etc) fail? He failed in physics. She
failed to pass the exam; 2. не исполнить, не сделать, забыть fail to do sth;
48
Don't fail to write to us; failure n неудачник The play was a failure. Пьеса
не имела успеха (провалилась); Phr end in failure=meet with failure
потерпеть неудачу, провалиться
luck n счастье, удача Good luck to you! Желаю вам удачи! Phr good luck
везение; bad luck невезение It's good luck that I've met you; (un)lucky a
(не)счастливый, (не)удачный, (не)удачливый a lucky person (day, chance,
etc); He was lucky. Ему повезло.
warn vt предостеречь, предупреждать warn sb of (about, against) sth/sb,
warn sb not to do sth; warning n предупреждение, предостережение Phr
take the (sb's) warning учесть, принять во внимание (чье-н.)
предупреждение.
refuse vt/vi отказывать(ся) They refused our help. Они отказались от
нашей помощи. He refused to join us. We asked him to join us but he
refused; refusal n
catch up with sb vt догонять кого-л. be/lag behind отставать Ha has
missed many classes, now he is lagging behind the group
rest n остаток, остальные, другие the rest of the story (day, way, time,
money, etc); the rest of the books (things, people, students, etc); The rest of
the way was more difficult. The rest of the students have already come.
EXERCISES
COMPREHENTION
Ex. 1. Answer the following questions.
1. Where was John studying?
2. Why didn’t he keep his promise to write Ann as soon as he arrived at
College?
3. Why did it take him rather long to get used to College life?
4. What was the main trouble with College as John saw it?
5. What mistakes did John make?
6. Why did he describe them as “awful”?
7. What lesson did he learn?
8. Why did John intend to keep all his text-books after graduation?
9. What sports team was he going to join?
10.What was the bad news?
49
11.Why wasn’t he disappointed with his failure in mathematics?
12.Why did John refuse to go to his friend’s?
Ex. 2. Find equivalents for the following phrases in the text.
Намереваться написать сразу же; вначале; навестить кого-н.; свыше
двухсот лет тому назад; справа; слева; спортзал; лазарет; совершить
ужасный промах; в самый первый день; студент первого курса;
знаменитый художник; средние века; теперь я умнее; в течение всего
семестра; неправильные глаголы; после окончания колледжа;
баскетбольная команда; хорошие и плохие новости; провалиться по
математике; сдавать экзамен; приложить все усилия; сдать экзамен;
приготовиться к худшему; не огорчаться;
Ex. 3. Is the statement true or false? If it is false, give a correct answer.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
John got lost every time he left his room.
Ann will be disappointed when she comes to visit John.
Their College was founded some years ago.
The trouble with College is that nobody knows anything.
John didn’t make any mistakes the very first day.
John thought that Michelangelo was an archangel.
When John doesn’t know something, he asks his classmates about it.
He is going to sell his text-books when he is through with them.
He is going to join a rugby team because he is the tallest boy in his
year.
10.He passed all his exams.
11.John agreed to go to his friend’s.
Ex. 4. Finish the statements choosing a phrase from the ones in brackets.
1. I meant to write you at once, but it took me rather long… (to get an
envelope; to find your address; to get used to College life).
2. Things are much easier now and I am sure … (I can find the new
infirmary; the College you attended when you were a girl couldn’t have
been so nice; it is the best place you can dream of).
3. The trouble with College is … (that you don’t know what classes to
attend; that you should remember all the dates; that they expect you to
know such a lot of things you have never learnt).
4. Somebody mentioned Maurice Maeterlinck, and I asked… (if he was a
Freshman; if he was our librarian; when he had graduated).
50
5. I’ve learned fifty-seven French irregular verbs in the past four days – (I
will never forget them; I’m only hoping they’ll stay till after
examinations; I’m writing a test very soon).
6. It wasn’t really my fault… (the teacher was so strict; nobody helped
me; it was just bad luck).
7. I refused to go to my friend’s and … (will return home next week; will
take part in a sports competition; will try to catch up with the rest).
Ex. 5. Put questions to the words in bold type.
1. It took me rather long to get used to College life.
2. Our College was founded over two hundred years ago.
3. The building on your left, which rather reminds me of a Gothic
Cathedral is the gymnasium.
4. The trouble with College is that they expect you to know such a lot
of things you’ve never learned.
5. I never knew I was so much behind the others.
6. That joke has gone all over College.
7. We have been studying hard all through the term.
8. I’ll have my whole education in the book-case.
9. I’ll be taking another exam next month.
KEY STRUCTURES AND WORD STUDY
Ex. 6. Give the four forms of the following verbs:
mean, lose, write, take, leave, build, learn, catch, think, hear, keep, study,
stay, tell, sell.
Ex. 7. Choose the right word.
Interested, bored, excited etc say how people feel.
Interesting, boring, exciting etc describe the people or things that
cause the feelings.
1. I was ............. to see Ann there. It was ................ to see her
(surprised/surprising). 2. I find this work very ......... . It makes me ................
(tired/tiring). 3. Her exams results were ............. . She was pretty ...............
(disappointing/disappointed). 4. Helen was .............. about her new job. It was
an ............... new challenge (exciting/excited). 5. We were ............. to hear
about your brother. The news was really ................. (shocking/shocked). 6.
His explanations are ............. . Listening to him, I got .............
51
(confusing/confused). 7. The stranger gave me an ............... look. It was a
most ............. idea (interesting/interested). 8. I get ................ when people
break promises. It's ..............when that happens (annoying/annoyed).
Ex. 8. Recast the following, using in (a) adjectives, in (b) adverbs instead
of nouns with the suffix -'ness'. Make other necessary changes. Translate
the sentences into Russian.
(a) 1. Her words were full of happiness. 2. They admired the richness of
colour in the painting. 3. My parents have never been to the Baltic Sea
in the summer, they can't stand the dampness of the climate there. 4. My
cousins like to come to our country house, especially in the winter, they
adore the place for its quietness. 5. Everybody loves her for her
kindness. 6. They managed to solve the problem, but still there was a
heaviness in her heart that nobody could explain.
(b) 1. We've never heard her speak to strangers with such softness. 2. I
know her to get down to work with eagerness, but a little bit later she
isn't interested in it any more. 3. We were astonished that she took the
news with such a lightness.
Ex. 9. Translate the following sentences into English, using a different
phrasal verb in each.
move about, sit about, stand about, lie about, go about, run about, look about.
1. После болезни он передвигается с палкой.
2. Убери свою комнату. Почему все твои вещи разбросаны?
3. Он вошёл в дом и огляделся – никого.
4. Гости стоя курили и разговаривали.
5. Не носись по саду без куртки, ещё довольно прохладно.
6. На некогда рассиживаться и сплетничать (gossip).
7. Давайте встретимся у метро. Ты что, не знаешь, что он всюду ездит
только на своём фольксвагене (VW)?
Ex.10. Paraphrase the following sentences according to the model.
Model 1. The joke was so funny.
It was such a funny joke.
1. The rain was so heavy. 2. He used to be so famous five years ago. 3. It was
so disappointing to hear their refusal. 4. We were so shocked to learn about
52
that terrible earthquake. 5. That country house is so expensive. 6. His exam
result was so depressing. 7. My new job is so exciting. 8. The discovery was
so important. 9. This fur coat is so warm. 10. The decision was so quick. 11.
The news was so shocking!
Model 2. The subject was so difficult for him that he failed at the exam.
It was such a difficult subject that he failed at the exam.
1. The student's graduation paper was so interesting that it was published. 2.
Everybody laughed because the story was so funny. 3. She was so lucky that
we all envied her. 4. We couldn't imagine that the work would be so difficult.
5. The lecturer's voice was so strong that we could hear him in all the corners
of the hall. 6. She was so disappointed that she couldn't speak. 7. The book
was so exciting that I stopped reading it only in the morning. 8. The guy's
haircut was so funny that people couldn't help laughing.
Ex. 11. Translate the following sentences, using the word "idea".
1. Какая прекрасная мысль! 2. Он был первым, кто подал эту идею. 3.
Они не представляли себе, что путешествие окажется таким
удивительным. 4. Я не знаю, что он имел в виду. 5. Как только эта идея
пришла вам в голову? 6. Когда начинается конференция? – Понятия не
имею. 7. Это была Анина идея устроить вечеринку. 8. Это открытие
опровергло (disproved) предположение, что наша планета плоская (flat).
Ex. 12. Translate the following sentences, using "take smb (some, any, no /
hours, days, weeks, etc) time to do smth".
1. Сколько времени вы обычно тратите на дорогу в институт? 2. Я
потратила полдня, чтобы подготовить конференцию. 3. Обсуждение
доклада декана заняло целый час. 4. Мне потребовалась ещё неделя,
чтобы закончить дипломную работу. 5. Если вы поедете в Прагу
поездом, вам придётся потратить два дня. 6. Плавание занимает
большую часть его свободного времени. 7. Она тратит много времени на
учёбу, обычно только английский язык занимает полтора-два часа
ежедневно.
Ex. 13. Translate the following sentences, using "now that".
Теперь, когда 1. они добрались до дома, они могли спокойно обдумать
своё положение. 2. все экзамены сданы, он мог подумать об отдыхе. 3.
получено так много важной информации о Марсе, учёные
53
разрабатывают новые планы. 4. они были вне опасности, они могли
решиться на какое-нибудь новое приключение. 5. он так привык к этому
городу, ему не хотелось уезжать. 6. они решили все проблемы, они
могли повеселиться. 7. он так много работал и догнал свою группу, он
непременно сдаст все экзамены.
Ex. 14. Fill in the blanks with prepositions or adverbs.
(A). 1. The trouble ..... this man is that he is interested ...... many things,
but I doubt that he is good ..... something. 2. Why are you trying to remind
him .........something he wants to forget? 3. I am .... ..... him, I've had enough
of his empty promises. 4. If you are not sure .... the spelling, look the word ....
..... the dictionary. 5. Why take his words seriously? I am sure he said it all .....
fun. 6. I don't advise you to mention .… the news .... her, she isn't used .... bad
news. 7. They hadn't been warned .... the change and missed the class. 8. He
had missed a lot of lectures ... the beginning .... term and was working hard to
catch .... ..... the rest .... the group. 9. Steve didn't stay ..... the end but rose to
go long before the picture was ..... . 10. I'm not sure I'll ever get used .... his
strange ways, but working ..... him is a pleasure. 11. He didn't see how greatly
disappointed we were .... her work. 12. It's impossible to keep all these facts
.... the head, I must make some notes. 13. As .... John, his parents didn't want
him to take part .... their long trip because that would mean missing a
semester .....college and be ......the other students when he returned. 14. ....
first I called him Mr McDeer, but he reminded me …. my elder brother. I told
him ..... it, and he asked me to call him plain McDeer. 15. She is always
finding fault …. the way I do things.
(B).
The Perfect Prince
… the 21st … June 1982, Prince William Arthur Philip Louis Windsor was born… St
Mary’s Hospital, London. The eldest son … the Prince and Princess …
Wales, Prince William is second … line … the throne … his father Prince
Charles.
Being a prince is not as easy as it may seem. Being a future king is even more difficult. So,
what does the future hold … Prince William, a modern prince … the 21
century?
The British royal family has a long history. Now, there are a lot … people … Britain who
believe that Britain should get rid … the royal family. Why? One … the
main reasons is that having a monarchy is very expensive. … Britain most
royal ceremonies, accommodation and expenses are paid … … the
taxpayer. A series … royal scandals, such … the divorce … William’s
parents, Prince Charles and Princess Diana, has also damaged the reputation
… the royal family and made many people believe that the days … the
British royal family are nearly … .
54
Many people believe that Prince William is the only person who could save the situation.
William inherited good looks, smile and charm and a great sense … humour
… his mother’s and his grandmother’s strength … character and
determination.
It is already clear that William knows his own mind. … example, he insisted … going …
St Andrews University … Scotland rather than … traditional Oxford or
Cambridge. This is why William is often called “the perfect prince” … the
media.
However, William faces a lot … challenges … his life. … start …, he does not like seeing
his name … the newspapers. … one journalist put it, William is the “red
meat” wanted … the “media sharks”. … his special birthday interview …
Hello magazine, William said that the stories … him not wanting to be King
were wrong, as it was something he was “born into” and his “duty”.
M. Morris
Ex. 15. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word. Use the correct form.
Translate the sentences into Russian.
Imagine, imagination, disappoint, disappointment (2), fail, failure (2), warn,
warning, remind, sound (v), found, luck, lucky, fun, funny, past, fault.
1. Life among strangers was something she couldn't quite .....to herself, she
had never yet spent a day away from home. 2. We laughed till we were weak.
I still believe it's the .....story I've ever heard. 3. The visitors were .... not to
smoke in the laboratory. 4. You didn't really hear anything. It was only your
..... . 5. The story goes that University College, the oldest at Oxford, was .... in
1163. 6. Fishing is great ..... . 7. The loud cry of .... came just as the car was
turning the corner. I hardly had time to jump out of its way. 8. He couldn't get
used to the thought that he was a ..... , he still believed in his .... and hoped
that some day he would be making a name for himself. 9. The singer's voice
...... strong and deep. 10. The experiment had ..... and he was doing his best to
hide his .... . 11. You can safely take him on the trip. The fellow has many .....
, but I'm sure you'll like him. 12. Everything in the boy strongly ..... me of his
father. 13. He was wondering if next time he would be as .... in his choice of
the lottery ticket. 14. Like all fathers he had high hopes for his son and used to
take his .... very hard. 15. All her troubles and .... were in the ...... . A new
career must mean a new start in her life, she thought. 16. We were all bitterly
.... with the results shown by the University team during the summer
University Games.
Ex. 16. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. В нашей стране все граждане имеют право на образование. 2. В
Великобритании, Австралии, Японии и некоторых других странах
левостороннее движение. 3. Сколько экзаменов вам предстоит сдавать в
55
этом семестре? – Что касается меня, то всего лишь два. Я уже сдал
остальные. 4. Я огорчён, что мне не удастся принять участие в
подготовке вечера. 5. Я отстал по некоторым предметам, и сейчас мне
надо много заниматься, чтобы догнать группу. 6. – Как она отнеслась к
твоему провалу по математике? – Она очень огорчена. 7. Если эта
чудесная погода сохранится ещё несколько дней, то в воскресенье мы
организуем пикник. 8. – Где вы будете работать после окончания
университета? – Ещё не решено, но я хотел бы работать в Министерстве
иностранных дел. 9. Они никак не могут продать дом, никак не могут
договориться о цене. 10. К нашему великому огорчению, в первый же
день нашего приезда погода изменилась к худшему. Отпуск был
испорчен. 11. Мы все разочаровались в нём. Мы не думали, что он так
легко относится к жизни. 12. Он хорошо умеет рассказывать разные
истории. У него богатое воображение. 13. Хотя она уже имеет право
уйти на пенсию, она не может себе представить жизнь без работы. 14.
Всё в этом городе напоминало ей о прошлом. 15. Напомните ему,
пожалуйста, купить сок по дороге домой. 16. Нам пришлось несколько
раз напомнить ему о его обещании. 17. Мы виноваты, что не
предупредили вас о нашем приезде. 18. Ему очень повезло, что его
спросили первым. У него не было времени волноваться. 19. Посмотрите,
пожалуйста, это слово в словаре. Я не совсем уверен в его точном
значении. 20. Как только я закончу дипломную работу (a diploma), я
смогу разрешить себе несколько дней отдыха. 21. Теперь, когда они
пришли к соглашению, можно обсудить некоторые детали.
LANGUAGE WORK
Ex. 19. Study the following patterns:
… used to do (Infinitive) sth = usually / often did sth in the past, e.g.
обычно / бывало что-то делал (в прошлом)
I used to wear mini-skirts but now I don’t.
Did you use to wear a uniform at school?
I didn’t use to like sport at school.
be / get used to (preposition) sth / doing sth = be / get in the habit of
doing sth
иметь привычку, привыкнуть к чему-л.
I am used to playing tennis every week.
I can’t get used to getting up so early.
A. Fill in the blanks with the proper expression:
56
1. I .... (not) being ordered about. 2. When we moved to a small village in
Sussex, I had to ..... country life. 3. That's just the book I .....read to my son
when he was a little boy. 4. Try .... to the idea that you are no longer young
and should not take such long walks. 5. The man .... take a nap
(вздремнуть) in the afternoon. 6. He will have to refuse this job if he ....
(not) working nights. 7. When I was a student we .... arrange parties every
month. 8. Did you find it difficult .... driving to work from the suburbs?
B. Translate from Russian into English.
1. Он был когда-то способным студентом. 2. Разве вы не привыкли
много ходить пешком? 3. Вот здесь я когда-то жил. 4. Когда мы
переехали на север, мне пришлось привыкнуть спать во время белых
ночей. 5. На этой улице был когда-то кинотеатр. 6. Студенты ещё не
привыкли быстро переводить с русского языка на английский. 7.
Джордж так и не смог привыкнуть работать по ночам, поэтому ему
пришлось поменять работу. 8. В студенческие годы мы обычно
ходили в походы (to go on hikes).
PHRASAL VERB “BRING”
Ex. 20. Match the meaning in A with the phrasal verb in B.
А.
1.bring sth about-вызывать,
быть причиной
2.bring sb around/round=bring sb
to привести в себя, в сознание
3.bring smth back - возвращать,
воскрешать в памяти
4.bring sth down on sb –
навлекать что-либо на коголибо
5.bring smth forward- выдвигать
(предложение)
6.bring on smth – приводить к
чему- либо, навлекать
7.bring smth out - производить,
выпускать
8.bring sb up - воспитывать,
растить
В.
1.to introduce or produce smth
for examination; show
2.to present a new product to the
public; introduce for sale
3.to cause smth to happen
4.to educate and care for a child
until grown-up
5.to cause smth bad to happen to
sb
6.to cause sb to regain
consciousness
7.to cause to return
8.to cause or result in (an
undesirable
condition
or
situation)
57
Ex. 21. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the
phrasal verb.
1. She was .............to believe that money is the most important thing in life. 2.
The crisis in our industry was ........... by intense competition from foreign
producers. 3.Can you .........any proof of your story? 4. Science has
...........many changes in our lives. 5. She opened all the windows in the hope
of .............him.............. . 6. If I go with you in your car will you be able
............ me ..........? 7. They are ............. a new model of the car next year. 8.
His reckless spending .............. disaster ........... his whole family. 9. All
library books must be ........ before June 20. 10. A special issue of the
magazine was ............ to commemorate the occasion.
Ex. 22. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Она воспитала/вырастила четырёх детей. 2. Вскоре доктор привёл её в
чувство. 3. Я не могу понять почему наши автомобильные заводы
выпускают такие некачественные машины. 4. Он сам навлёк на себя эту
беду. 5. Его рассказ напомнил нам о нашем счастливом детстве. 6. Я не
хочу навлекать на себя его гнев. 7. Вопрос был поставлен на обсуждение
на заседании. 8. Что вызвало эту ссору? 9. Чем вы можете подтвердить
свои слова?
READING I
TEXT: A LOOK AT HISTORY.
Pre-reading questions:
1. Can you imagine a time before there were schools? Would you like to have
lived then?
2. Do you think that the spread of education was important for economic
development?
As in other countries, the vast majority of people in medieval 1 Britain were
illiterate.2 Written texts were in Latin, and apart from churchmen, there was
only a small group of professional clerks who could read and write; if you
needed something written down, you had to pay one of those clerks to do it
for you.
2
illiterate-неграмотный, необразованный
58
After the Norman invasion3 in 1066, Britain started to join European
intellectual life. Rich families employed clerks to teach children at home. The
Church set up small schools for ordinary people, especially choir 4 schools
where boys learned to read and write and to sing in the church choir. By the
year 1200, there were the beginnings of a university in Oxford - at least a
community of masters and scholars living and working together.
In 1440, England's most famous school, Eton, was founded by King
Henry VI. (It's still regarded by many as the top school in the country - it was
chosen by Prince Charles and Princess Diana for their sons William and
Harry.) In its early days it was a mix of rich and poor students: the rich paid,
and the poor worked in the school, cooking and cleaning to pay for their
education.
By the middle of the 17th century there were a number of charity schools5
around the country. Of course, they were for boys. Some aristocratic girls
were well-educated, speaking French, and Latin, and reading music. But they
were taught by private teachers at home.
There was always a basic problem with education for the poor. However,
with the industrial revolution from the middle of the 18 th century, British
society began to change. People in business made huge amounts of money,
and the old aristocrats lost much of their power and influence. So for the first
time in history, ordinary working people had the chance to get an education.
The French Revolution brought ideas of social equality6 and a belief that
all human beings could perfect themselves through education. Women started
to demand greater freedom, respect and access to education. In 1874, Girton
College, Cambridge offered the first university places for women. Through
the 19th century more and more children went to school, and in 1880
education was made compulsory7 up to the age of 13. A few years later about
97 % of girls and boys were literate - a situation unimaginable in most of the
rest of the world, The school-leaving age continued to go up in steps until it
reached 16 in 1972.
Ex. 23. Decide if the sentences are true or false. Compare your answers
with the classmate's.
1. All people in medieval Britain were literate.
2. After the Norman invasion rich families employed churchmen to teach
their children.
3. Eton was founded in 1440 by King Henry VI.
invasion-вторжение, нашествие
choir school-школа церковнохорового пения (средняя школа при соборе)
5
charity school-благотворительная школа (дневная школа для бедных)
6
social equality-социальное равенство
7
compulsory-обязательный (для всех)
3
4
59
4. The rich paid for themselves and for the poor to study in Eton.
5. In the 17th century all schools were only for boys, girls were not taught at
all.
6. The industrial revolution didn't change British society.
7. The French Revolution brought ideas of social equality and a belief that all
human beings could perfect themselves through education.
8. At the end of the 19th century 97% of girls and boys were literate –
a
situation unimaginable in most of the rest of the world.
READING II
ALTERNATIVE EDUCATION IS FLOURISHING 1 IN US.
Washington – Nowadays more and more parents are choosing
alternatives to public education for their children. Charter,2 religious schools
are overgrowing with new students. Home schooling is attracting huge
amounts of parents who only a few years ago would never have dreamed of
teaching their own children. Researchers at the Education Department say the
number of students being taught at home has tripled this decade and now
exceeds 1 million.
A new industry is emerging3 from that growth, complete with mail-order
curricula, computer learning programs, even centers that offer home schooled
children a chance to socialize with each other.
Meanwhile, enrollment4 at private academies that emphasize5 the Bible
or Christian principles has doubled in the past 10 years.
What all of these changes mean is a subject of debate. Some educators
look at how fast the alternatives to traditional public schools are expanding
and see signs of great change ahead. They say the structure of public
education, created a century ago, is old-fashioned and that parents seem to be
searching for new models.
Others contend6 that nearly 90 percent of students attend public schools.
"Most people are not going to abandon public education," said David Tyack, a
professor of education at Stanford University. But he added: "We need to
understand why parents are turning to these forms of schooling."
The migration rises above race, class and geography. Charter schools are
being opened in wealthy suburbs and in the poorest neighbourhoods.
to flourish-процветать, разрастаться
charter school-public schools that parents can choose as an alternative to traditional public schools. Parents
and teachers in charter schools have more freedom to choose the curriculum.
3
to emerge- появляться
4
to enroll-записать, зачислить, enrollment- прием, запись, набор
5
to emphasize- придавать особое значение
6
to contend -признавать
1
2
60
Christian schools have growing appeal to black families. Home schooling,
once widely taken as a strange form of education, is now used by
professionals who are working at home and taking advantage of new
computer technology that helps children learn.
Kathleen Moore, a psychotherapist who is home schooling her 7-yearold daughter, spent several hundred dollars on a mail-order curriculum kit and
began work last month. Ms. Moore said that one of the main reasons she
didn't enroll her daughter full time in public education this fall was that she
feared the large size of classes there left teachers with little time to give
students personal attention.
But skeptics worry about the impact of charter schools on the public
school system. Richard Elmore, an education professor at Harvard University
said: "There could be some very serious consequences.7 If you get a bunch of
charter schools and a few private education companies in one city, and they
start attracting thousands of kids, you could result in poor quality of
education."
(from an article by Rene Sanchez in "Washington Post"
Ex. 24. Answer the following questions:
1. What kinds of schools are very popular nowadays in the USA?
2. How much has the number of students being taught at home grown?
3. Why are parents searching for new models of schooling?
4. Are all the parents going to abandon public education?
5. Why didn't Ms. Moore enroll her daughter full time in
public education?
6. Why do skeptics worry about the impact of charter schools on the public
school system?
Work in pairs.
Make a list of arguments for and against alternative education.
Discuss it with your partner. Try to find out if alternative education is good
for Russia.
READING III
Pre-reading questions:
1. What are the strong and weak points of Russian schools?
2. Aren't American universities the envy of the world?
7
consequence - последствие
61
TEACHING TOLERANCE.1
As a professional educator who has taught in many parts of the world
and is now teaching in the faculty of philosophy at Moscow State University,
I have seen many educational systems from the inside and I would like to
discuss the difficulty in comparing educational systems in Russia and in the
West, and comment on their differences.
The best Russian students that I have had the joy of teaching can be
compared with the best students anywhere in the world. They are capable and
well-read, perhaps even more so than their counterparts 2 elsewhere; and,
occasionally, they can speak English better even than native speakers. The
one skill that needs to be more developed here is that of writing essays. Yet I
admit that in other countries, I have had to encourage3 schools to set up "boot
camps",4 where incoming students can learn some of the basic skills they will
need.
I have also had to teach students here who are often referred to5 as
"commercial students" or who have been admitted to the faculty through
influence or outright6 bribery. Their kind is found everywhere. Whether
through lack of native ability or outright laziness, they can hardly pass their
courses but are promoted anyway by the system, whether in Russia or in other
countries.
I have observed that teachers, who are the most crucial 7 part of the
system, display similar traits8 all over the world. While teachers at the
elementary and secondary levels need certification, it is possible to teach at
the university level immediately after leaving graduate school and without
taking any courses in pedagogy. This is universally true. I had professors in
my undergraduate days in the United States who used notes yellowed with
age.
But the problem here goes deeper than old professors who use antiquated
teaching methods. Teachers in this country are underpaid and overworked.
That good teaching and outstanding research are still practiced here shows
that teachers devote9 themselves to the profession. Russian teachers are some
of the most capable and hard-working teachers anywhere.
1
tolerance-терпимость
counterpart-коллега
3
encourage-воодушевлять, поощрять
4
boot camp- учебный лагерь
5
to refer to- подразумевать, упоминать, говорить
6
outright-прямой, открытый, совершенный
7
crucial-ключевой, решающий
8
trait- черта, особенность
9
devote oneself to-посвятить себя целиком
2
62
Recently, I had the opportunity to be involved in two conferences, one in
Netherlands, the other in Russia. Both were attended by scholars10 from many
countries. I was able to observe Russians, most of whom teach full-time, at
work. Their presentations were excellent.
Library facilities in this country can hardly be described as good. There
is not much financial support, not so many computers in most facilities. It is a
miracle that students and professors do high-quality academic work. This
doesn't mean that the education system in Russia is as good as it should be. It
has got a lot of problems to solve. And we need to promote a greater
willingness11 to understand and to learn from each other.
(from an article by Adrian Helleman in "The Moscow Times")
Ex. 25. Answer the following questions.
1. Can the best Russian students be compared with the best students anywere
in the world? Why?
2. What skill needs to be developed at Russian universities?
3. Why are teachers considered to be the most crucial part of the system?
4. Is it possible to teach at school without taking some courses in pedagogy?
5. What does the author mean saying that “Russian teachers devote
themselves to the profession”?
6. Is the education system in Russia as good as it should be?
Work in pairs.
What does the pupil's academic achievement12 mostly depend on?
a. money spent on schooling
b. the number of children in a class
c. time spent on a subject
d. teaching methods.
BRITAIN. EDUCATION: SCHOOL
Reading notes
1. comprehensive school
1. единая средняя школа (с 11
лет)
2. grammar school
2. средняя классическая школа
scholar-ученый, филолог
willingness-готовность
12
academic achievement - успеваемость, достижения в учебе
10
11
63
3. eleven plus testing
3. отборочные экзамены для 11летних для зачисления в
школу того или иного типа
4. eighteen plus testing
4. экзамен по окончанию 6
th
(6 form of a secondary
класса средней школы (17-18
th
school/6 form college)
лет)
5. GCSE exams (General
Certificate of Secondary
Education) after which you can
leave school
5. экзамены на аттестат об
окончании обязательной
средней школы
6. GCE A-level (General
Certificate of Education
advanced level)
6. Экзамены на аттестат,
дающий право на
поступление в ВУЗ
A. The system
Most children in England and Wales follow this route in the state system (=
free education)
Age
3
5
11
16
18
some go to nursery school
everyone starts primary school
pupils go to a secondary school (AmEng =high school). This may
be comprehensive (= mixed ability) or a grammar school (=
children elected for their academic ability – about 3%)
they leave school and get a job, or go to a college for vocational
(job) training, e.g. hotel management, secretarial courses; or stay
at school for two more years in the 6th form of a secondary school
(state or private) or in a separate 6th form college. Only 45%
continue with full-time education after 16.
they leave school and get a job or go to university / go to a
college for further / education/training, e.g.teaching, business
studies.
Pupils cannot repeat a year in this system, which is based strictly on
age. However badly they do, they go up to the next year. The only exception
is GCSEs and A-levels, which pupils can repeat if they need better results; for
example, to get into a university.
64
Many secondary schools are single-sex rather than co-educational.
Note:
 You go to school ( as a pupil to study) and go to university (as a student
to study).
 In some areas of the UK there are not many grammar schools.
 There are also public schools. In fact, these are private, and parents pay to
send their children there. Some are expensive. The fees are between £5000
and £15000 per year. About 5% of the population go to public schools.
B. A school timetable
The pupils have five lessons every day, and altogether they do (study)
eleven subjects a week plus Physical Education (PE). Every morning they
have a twenty-minute break. There are three terms(= periods of continuous
work) in a school year, and the timetable changes every year. Schools have
13 weeks’ holiday per year: 6 weeks in summer, 2 weeks each at Christmas
and Easter, and 3 half-term weeks.
NOTE: Some words in English which end in 's' look plural, but in fact
they are singular:
Maths (an abbreviation of mathematics) isn't my favourite subject, and
physics is very difficult.
Most nouns of this type refer to subjects; other examples are economics and
politics.
Ex. 26. Answer these questions:
1. At what age do children go to nursery school?
2. At what age do they start primary school?
3. When they go to secondary school it is either a grammar school or a ....
4. At what age can English and Welsh children leave school?
5. Not including PE, how many subjects do the children do?
6. What happens if children fail all the exams they take at the age of 16?
7. What can they do if they pass all their exams at the age of 18?
Ex. 28. What about you and your country? Answer these questions.
1. Did you go to nursery school?
2. Do most children start primary school at the age of five?
3. Is the secondary school system in Russia and Britain similar or different?
4. How many subjects did you study at secondary school?
5. What was your favourite subject?
65
6. How many lessons did you have every day?
7. Was your school a state school or public school?
8. At what age can you leave school?
9. How many terms are there in a school year?
BRITAIN. EDUCATION: UNIVERSITY.
A. Subjects
You can normally do/study these subjects at university:
medicine
law
philosophy
engineering
psychology
sociology
architecture
politics
business studies agriculture
history of art
B. Studying at university (in England and Wales)
If you want to go to (enter) university, you must first pass
examinations that most students take at the age of eighteen (called 'A'levels).
Most students take three 'A' levels (three examinations in three different
subjects) and they must do well in order to get/obtain a place at university
because the places are limited. At the moment, approximately 30% of young
adults go to university in Britain.
If you get a place at university, the tuition (=the teaching) is free, and
some students also get (=receive) a grant (=money to pay for living expenses,
e.g. food and accommodation) as well. Students at university are called
undergraduates while they are studying for their first degree.
Most university courses last (=go on for/continue for) three years, some
courses last four years, and one or two courses, e.g. medicine, may be even
longer. During this period students can say that they are doing/studying
history, or doing/studying for a degree in history, for example. When they
finish the course and pass their examinations, they receive a degree (=the
qualification when you complete a university course successfully). This can
be a BA (=Bachelor of Arts) or a BSc (=Bachelor of Science), or a LLB
(=Bachelor of Law), e.g. I have a friend who has a BA in history and another
who has a BSc in chemistry.
C. Postgraduate courses
When you complete your first degree, you are a graduate. (In the US,
students also use this word as a verb and say, they 'graduated in history' or
'graduated in chemistry', for example.) Some students then go on to do a
second course or degree (postgraduate course/postgraduate degree).
66
These students are then postgraduates. There are usually three possible
degrees:
MA (Master of Arts) or MSc (Master of Science); usually one year
MPh (Master of Philosophy), LLM (Master of Laws); usually two years
PhD (Doctor of Philosophy), LLD (Doctor of Law); at least three years
DSc (Doctor of Science) is often an honorary degree.
When people study one subject in great detail (often to find new
information), we say they are conducting/doing/carrying out research
(U); e.g. I'm doing some research into/on the languages of different
African tribes.
D. School vs. University
At school, you have teachers and lessons, at university, you have
lecturers and lectures. When a lecturer gives/does a lecture, the students
listen and take/make notes (=write down the important information).
Ex. 29. What do you call:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
the money some students receive if they get a place at university?
the qualification you get at the end of university?
the name we give students during this period at university?
teachers at university?
students when they have completed their first degree?
students studying for a second degree?
the study of one subject in great depth and detail, often to get new
information?
8. the talks that students go to while they are at university?
Ex. 30. Replace the underlined verbs with different verbs that have the same
meaning in the context.
1. Who is giving the lecture today?
2. Did she receive a grant for her course?
3. Is it difficult to obtain a place at university?
4. You have to pass the exams before you can enter university.
5. He's studying physics, I think.
6. I think they're carrying out some research into the cause of asthma.
7. I didn't take any notes in the lecture yesterday.
8. The course goes on for three years.
Work in pairs.
67
How similar is university education in your own country? Answer these
questions. If possible, compare your answers with your classmate from your
own country and/or someone from a different country.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Do you need to pass any examinations before you can go to university?
Do some students get a grant to study at university?
Is the tuition free if you go to university?
Do most students go to university at the age of 18 or 19?
Do more students go to university in your country than in Britain?
Do most degree courses last three years?
What is your equivalent of the British BA or BSc?
Do you have similar postgraduate degrees in your country?
THE USA. EDUCATION: SCHOOL
A. K-12
In the US, K-12 means "kindergarten through twelfth grade (the last year
of high school)" for public schools (free education). In most states,
school is compulsory (you have to go) from age 6 to 16, and most
children follow this route in school:
Age
3 or 4
5
Kind of school
Some go to nursery school (not compulsory).
Most children start kindergarten (compulsory in some states,
optional in others), which is the first year of elementary
school (usually kindergarten and grades 1-6). At age 6, all
children must attend first grade.
10,11,12 Some children go to middle school, grades 5-8 or 6-8. Those
who don't attend (go to) middle school go to junior high
school, grades 7-9.
15
Students go to high school / secondary school (grades 9-12 or
10-12). Regular high schools offer academic and vocational
programs. Vocational high schools offer training for a job,
e.g. auto mechanic, beautician. Specialized high schools are
for students with special interests, e.g. music, business.
18
They graduate (finish school successfully) and get a job or go
to college for higher education. Those who leave school
without graduating are called dropouts. (They drop out of
school.)
Note:
68
 Students go to school and go to college to study. In the US, go to college
can mean university, college, or community college.
 There are also private schools and parochial (religious) schools. Neither
is free, and some can be expensive.
 Some states now have charter schools (public schools that parents can
choose to send their children to) as an alternative to traditional public
schools. Parents and teachers in charter schools have more freedom to
choose the curriculum.
B. A school schedule
Class schedules and courses can be very different from state to state, and
even from school to school. However, certain core subjects (most
important areas of study) are taught in most schools, e.g. reading/ English,
writing, maths, science, and social studies (the study of society, including
history, politics, and economics).
Ex. 31. Answer these questions and complete the sentences:
1. What does K-12 mean?
2. At what age do children go to nursery school?
3. At what age do they start elementary school?
4. Which year is compulsory in some states but optional in others?
5. When students go to high school, it could be a regular school or a
................ school or a ................. school .
6. Can you name at least four core subjects taught in schools?
7. Which of these schools is free: religious, private, public?
8. What type of school comes between elementary school and high
school?
THE USA. EDUCATION: UNIVERSITY/ COLLEGE
A. Higher education in the US
Higher education refers to education at a university or college.
A college may be an independent institution or a part of a university;
e.g. some universities have a college of engineering, college of liberal arts,
etc. Some students attend a community college/junior college (a two-year
government-supported college that usually offers technical and vocational
studies). College frequently means either university or college.
If you go to a state college or a community college, the tuition is lower
than at a private institution. Some students get (receive) a scholarship
69
(money to pay all or part of the tuition). Students at a university are called
undergraduates while they are studying for their first degree. It can be a
BA (Bachelor of Arts) or a BSc (Bachelor of Science) at four-year
institutions, or an associate degree after two years at a community/junior
college. The main subject that a student takes at college is his/her major.
We can also say: "Chris is majoring in psychology.
B. Postgraduate courses
When you complete your first degree, you are a graduate. Some students
then go on to do/take a second degree (postgraduate degree). They are
then postgraduates/ graduate students. Some of the possible postgraduate
degrees include MA (Master of Arts) or MSc (Master of Science), and
PhD (Doctor of Philosophy), the most advanced degree.
C. School vs. University/college
At school (K-12), you have teachers and lessons; at university or college,
you have professors and instructors, and lectures, discussion classes,
and seminars. In a discussion class, students discuss the subject and ask
questions. A seminar is an advanced or postgraduate class in which
students do independent research and then compare their results informally
with professor and other students.
Ex. 32. Answer the following questions.
1. What does higher education refer to?
2. Where is the tuition lower: at a state/community college or at a private
institution?
3. What do some students receive to pay all or part of the tuition?
4. What are students studying for their first degree called?
5. What is the name of the main subject a student takes at college?
6. Is there any difference between graduate and postgraduate students?
Pairwork. Discuss it with your partner.
1. Do you find exams an important part of your studies?
2. How do you feel on the morning of an exam?
3. Have you ever panicked at an exam?
4. Which exam is easier to pass: oral or written?
5. What is the most difficult thing about exams?
GRAMMAR: THE INFINITIVE.
In modern English the Infinitive has the following forms:
70
Tense/voice
Indefinite
Continuous
Active
to do
to be doing
Passive
to be done
-
Perfect
Perfect
continuous
to have done to have been
doing
to have been
done
Negative form: not + Infinitive: He told me not to forget to book tickets.
Tense distinctions of the Infinitive are relative. It means that the Indefinite
and the Continuous Infinitives express an action simultaneous with the
action expressed by the predicate. The Continuous Infinitive shows an
action in progress.
Study the examples:
I am glad to meet you. Я рад вас видеть.
I was glad to see Paul. Я был рад видеть Пола.
Mr. Green will be glad to see you. Мистер Грин будет рад вас видеть.
He was glad to be talking with such an important person. Он был рад,
что беседует с таким важным человеком.
The Perfect Infinitive denotes an action prior to that of the predicate. It is
often used after some expressions (to be + adjective): to be glad, to be happy,
to be sorry, to be surprised, it is clever/kind/ silly of you, etc.
Study the examples:
I’m glad to have met him. Я рад, что встретил его.
I was sorry to have said it. Я сожалел, что сказал это (раньше).
Compare: I am sorry to trouble you. Мне неприятно, что я вас
беспокою.
I am sorry to have troubled you. Мне неприятно, что я
вас побеспокоил.
If the doer of the action is not important or unknown, the Passive Infinitive is
used:
Study the examples:
He does not allow his computer to be used. Он никому не разрешает
пользоваться его компьютером.
He was surprised to have been awarded the first prize. Он удивился, что
ему присудили первую премию.
Memorize the following expressions with the Infinitive.
71
He is hard to please. Ему трудно угодить.
She is pleasant to look at. У нее привлекательная внешность.
I have something to tell you. Мне надо вам кое-что сказать.
There is nothing to be gained by it. Этим ничего не достигнешь.
There is nothing to be done. Ничего не поделаешь.
There is nothing left to do but wait. Остается только ждать.
There is much to do / to be done. Надо многое сделать.
The house is to let. Дом сдается в наем.
Who is to blame? Кто виноват?
Be sure to come. Непременно приходите.
Ex. 33. Supply the particle to before the Infinitive where necessary.
1. I don’t want Ann … watch the late film.
2. Let me … help you with your homework.
3. My brother can … write poems.
4. Why not … start out now? It is late already.
5. We had … put on our overcoats because it was cold.
6. I wasn’t prepared to let him … go out alone.
7. I shall try to make the thing … work.
8. It is high time for you … go to bed.
9. I can’t make him … give up smoking.
10. Let’s … play tennis today at 2 o’clock.
11. Where would you like me … wait for you?
Ex. 34. Translate the following sentences into English using the Infinitive
with particle to where necessary.
1. Я ожидал, что отец встретит меня на станции.
2. Мы видим, что они работают каждый день.
3. Я услышал, как с шумом закрылась дверь (slam), и обрадовался, что
они ушли.
4. Он сделал все возможное, чтобы заставить сына переменить
решение.
5. Не позволяйте ей есть так много мороженого.
6. Можно воспользоваться Вашим телефоном? (Will you let me …)
7. Я хочу, чтобы мой сын чаще бывал на свежем воздухе.
8. Он вынужден был стоять на улице, так как забыл ключи у приятеля.
9. Почему Вы меня заставляете делать то, что я не хочу?
10.Самое время отправляться в путешествие!
Ex. 35. Underline the correct form.
72
Countries all over the world have superstitions, which some people
believe and others don’t. Several superstitions are the same in many countries.
Many people don’t want to walk/walk under ladders, this is believed to
bring bad luck. Some people expect things to go/go wrong on the thirteenth
day of the month, particularly if it is a Friday. Some say you must never to
put/put up an umbrella inside the house or to place/place a pair of new shoes
on the table. In many places, people think it is bad luck to see/see a black cat,
while in others it is considered to be a symbol of good luck. If you break a
mirror, prepare for seven years of bad luck and if you spill salt, you must to
throw/throw a pinch of it over your left shoulder immediately.
These are just a few superstitions, which some people believe. Do you
know any more?
Patterns with the Infinitive
Pattern I
All the forms of the Infinitive (active and passive) are used in this pattern, e.g.
He is happy. He has passed his exam.
He was happy. He had passed his exam.
She is living on the dole. She isn’t happy.
She was living on the dole. She wasn’t
happy.
We are glad. We are invited to the party.
We were glad. We were invited to the
party.
= He is happy to have
passed his exam.
= He was happy to have
passed his exam.
= She isn’t happy to be
living on the dole.
= She wasn’t happy to be
living on the dole.
= We are glad to be invited
to the party.
= We were glad to be
invited to the party.
Ex. 36. Make up sentences using Pattern I:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
He was proud. He was President of the Students’ Club.
I am angry. I haven’t been invited to the party.
She had failed her exam. She was unhappy.
I hadn’t been expected. I was surprised.
She wasn’t quite pleased. She was called “Miss”.
He is the Minister’s right hand. He is sometimes sorry.
They were delighted. They were driving away on holiday.
73
8. He was dismayed. He had fallen ill right before the election.
9. We had been waiting for them all that time. We were furious.
10.She was sorry. She had missed the beginning of the concert.
Ex. 37. Open the brackets using the proper form of the Infinitive:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
You are lucky (miss) that tree while driving.
He was delighted (dance) with the most beautiful girl in the world.
I was proud (award) the first prize.
He was terribly upset (place) in charge of the whole department.
She was sorry (not accept) the invitation to the show. Everybody liked
it.
6. At last the waiter appeared with the tray. She was infuriated (wait) for
the meal so long.
7. I was surprised (offer) the opportunity to work in France. My French
wasn’t very good.
8. Everything smelt so nice. She was excited (cook) something for her
sweetheart.
9. He was exhausted (drive) since morning.
10.I was proud (introduce) to the famous film director.
Ex. 38. Translate into English:
1. Мне очень жаль, что я попустил эту интересную лекцию.
2. Она была счастлива, что слушает концерт известного
итальянского дирижера.
3. Был рад познакомиться с Вами.
4. Спортсмены гордились тем, что на протяжении десяти лет они
выигрывали этот кубок.
5. Мне неловко, что я причинил Вам столько беспокойства.
6. Я очень доволен, что наконец-то закончил эту работу.
7. Он гордился тем, что его повысили.
8. Она была в восторге, что ей предложили эту работу.
9. Я был счастлив, что помогаю своим близким.
10.Он был расстроен, что его не выбрали в комитет.
Pattern II
nice
kind
It is / was thoughtful of smb + Infinitive (all active forms)
clever
74
wise (etc.)
e.g. It was nice of you to come.(Было очень любезно с вашей стороны,
что вы пришли.)
It is thoughtless of him not to have booked the hotel. (Очень
непредусмотрительно, что он не забронировал гостиницу.)
Ex. 39. Express your attitude to someone’s actions in one sentence using
Pattern II:
1.
2.
3.
4.
He plays loud music at night. It is wrong.
You took my phone without permission. It is nasty of you.
She is looking after the sick people. It is so noble!
They have been helping the needy ones for a few years. It is so
generous!
5. He was driving at the speed limit. It was thoughtless.
6. He has been missing classes lately. It is stupid.
7. You took care of the children. It is so kind!
8. He didn’t say “Hello”. It was very impolite.
9. He didn’t pay for the meal. It was mean!
10.She is playing the piano for the guests. It is so nice!
Ex. 40. Translate into English using the same pattern:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Очень мило с твоей стороны, что ты пригласил моих родителей.
Было не очень разумно с ее стороны задавать ему такие вопросы.
Очень предусмотрительно, что он взял зонт. Пошел дождь!
Так жестоко, что ты держал собаку дома целый день!
Было очень любезно с их стороны предоставить нам свой офис.
Так невежливо с вашей стороны, что вы не ответили на их письмо!
Так глупо, что вы все время помогаете своим врагам.
Pattern III
Simple Active Infinitive is used. Be careful with phrasal verbs, do not drop
the preposition or adverb!
It is interesting to read this book.
This book is interesting to read.
Эту книгу интересно читать.
It is interesting to talk to him.
He is interesting to talk to.
75
С ним интересно беседовать.
Ex. 41. Change the sentences using this pattern:
1. I’m afraid, it’s impossible to solve this problem.
2. Maybe it’s nice to talk to him, but it’s really difficult to deal with him.
3. It is difficult to translate this text without a dictionary.
4. It was so easy to get on with our new neighbour.
5. It was amusing to look at the little children splashing in the water.
6. It isn’t very pleasant to tidy up his room.
7. It is impossible to get away with this crime.
8. It is hard to polish the floor.
9. It was superb to dance with Polly.
10.It is not always easy to reach this place in winter.
11.It isn’t easy to apologize for such behavior.
12.It is usually very difficult to read other people’s handwriting.
Ex. 42. Translate into English using Pattern III:
1. С нашим профессором очень интересно беседовать.
2. Эту болезнь невозможно излечить.
3. Теорию относительности нелегко понять.
4. Его лекции всегда интересно слушать.
5. С глупыми людьми трудно иметь дело.
6. В этот клуб не так легко записаться.
7. Бросить курить очень трудно!
8. Необходимо снова просмотреть этот документ.
9. Было очень трудно сдать этот экзамен.
10.Так приятно слушать классическую музыку!
11.За детьми было несложно присматривать.
12.Эти факты невозможно скрыть.
Pattern IV
(A)
As an attribute in post-position the Infinitive usually has a modal
shade of meaning, e.g.
I have (There are) a few books to read for my examination. =
I have (There are) a few books (that) I must/have to read for my
examination.
Мне надо / Я должен прочитать несколько книг к экзамену.
He was the last person (not one) to hurt a child. =
76
He was the last person (not one) who could hurt a child.
Он не такой человек / не из тех, кто может обидеть ребенка.
He is just the man (the very man) to speak to. =
He is just the man (the very man) who we must / have to speak to.
Это именно / как раз тот человек, с которым надо поговорить.
Ex. 43. Transform the sentences using Pattern IV, the Infinitive as
attribute:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
He had no books which he could read.
He is just the man we should turn to for help.
She realized that she didn’t know anyone she could talk to except Max.
I have an examination which I am to take soon.
There was no one we could ask for help.
She was not one who could envy you your success.
She handed me a form that I had to fill in.
Your files are all over the room. Don’t you have a box you could keep
them in?
9. There were no chairs in the room we could sit on.
10.I’ve got a bottle of wine but I haven’t got anything that I could open it
with.
11.He was the only person who could help us in the circumstances.
12.She has a family that she has to cook for.
13.He gave me some accounts that I had to check.
14.She was the last person we could trust.
15.The children should have a garden in which they could play.
16.Is this the luggage that has to be checked in?
17.There’s nothing you should worry about.
18.Are they the ones who should be invited to our party?
Ex. 44. Translate into English using the Infinitive:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Мне нечем писать, можно я возьму Вашу ручку?
Это именно тот человек, с кем можно поговорить на эту тему.
Ничего не поделаешь! Придется остаться.
Он одинокий человек. Нет никого, кто мог бы о нем заботиться.
У Вас есть друг, на которого Вы могли бы положиться?
Она всегда найдет, над чем посмеяться.
План нашей работы будет обсуждаться на заседании, которое
состоится завтра.
77
8. Ждать было больше некого. Мы отправились в путь.(set out on our
journey)
9. Приезжай, а то не с кем играть в теннис.
10.Вот вопросы, которые надо посмотреть в Интернете.
11.Он не из тех, кто проигрывает.
12.Веселей! Сердиться не на кого!
13.Могу я предложить Вам что-нибудь выпить? У нас прекрасный
выбор вин.
14.Нам нельзя терять ни минуты!
15.У меня нет денег, которые я мог бы потратить.
16.У Вас работа, которую Вы должны выполнять!
17.Ему надо было осмотреть еще трех пациентов.
18.Жаловаться не на что!
(B)
the first
the second (etc.)
the next
+ (Noun) + Infinitive (active or passive)
the last
the only
the youngest (etc.)
e.g. He was the first (man) to come. Он пришел первым.
She was the next (student) to be examined. Она была
следующей, кто отвечал на экзамене.
Ex. 45. Replace the parts in bold type by an infinitive:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
He was the first man who left the burning building.
You are the last person who saw her alive.
My brother was the only one who realized the danger.
The pilot was the only man who survived the crash.
The Titanic was one of the largest ships that had ever been built
before.
6. He simply loves parties. He is always the first who comes and the last
who goes.
7. The manger was the last person who left the shop.
8. I was the first who broke the silence.
9. He was the second who crossed the finish line.
10.She was the only one who was offered a job at once.
11.He was the youngest student who spoke at the conference.
12.It was the best painting that was chosen for the exhibition.
13.I was one of the people who left before the end of the film.
78
14.The fifth man who was interviewed was entirely unsuitable.
Ex. 46. Insert the Infinitive in the appropriate form and translate the
sentences into Russian.
1. Mr. Abbot was the first … (break) the silence. 2. The next patient
…(examine) was a nice girl in her early ‘teens. 3. Honesty is the first
principle … (observe) when working with us. 4. He complained that he was
always the last … (inform). 5. They were among the last … (arrive). 7. He
found that he was the only one … (notice) the mistake. 8. If there is to be a
vacancy I would like to be the one … (offer) the job. 9. The Nurenberg trial
was the first international trial … (hold) after World War II.
Ex. 47. Translate into English using the Infinitive:
1. Он вышел из комнаты последним.
2. Я заметил ошибку первым.
3. Они были единственными, кто понимал всю сложность
положения.
4. Так как я выходил из дома последним, я выключил везде свет.
5. Он был самым старшим игроком, который принял участие в
соревновании.
6. Юрий Гагарин первым полетел в космос.
7. Кто первым ступил на Луну? – Нил Армстронг.
8. Он единственный поддержал меня после увольнения.
9. Кто первым изобрел лазер?
10.Я был следующим, кого повысили.
11.Несмотря на все усилия он пришел к финишу лишь третьим.
12.Это была самая быстрая машина, которая когда-либо была создана
на заводах Порше.
***
Pattern V
The Infinitive expresses result in the following patterns:
Too + Adjective/Adverb + Infinitive
Adjective/Adverb + enough + Infinitive
e.g. He is too young to vote. = He is too young. So he can’t vote.
Он слишком молод, чтобы голосовать.
He is clever enough to understand it. = He is clever. So he can
understand it.
79
Он достаточно умен, чтобы понять это.
NOTE: If the subject and the object are the same, drop the object after the
infinitive, e.g.
The bag was so heavy that we couldn’t carry it. =
The bag was too heavy to carry. (NOT to carry it)
Ex. 48. Complete the sentences with too or enough.
Model: 1) A: Did you go to the beach yesterday?
B: No. It wasn’t ………………. (warm)
A: Did you go to the beach yesterday?
B: No. It wasn’t warm enough.
2) A: Do her new shoes fit her?
B: No. They are ……………………. (small)
A: Do her new shoes fit her?
B: No. They are too small
1. A: Have you finished your homework?
B: I can’t. It’s ……………….. (difficult)
2. A: Did you hear the announcement?
B: No, it wasn’t ………………(loud)
3. A: Can you open the window, please?
B: I can’t. I’m not …………….(tall)
4. A: It’s …………………in here (hot)
B. Why don’t you take your coat off, then?
5. A: Did you enjoy the party last night?
B: No. We were …………… (tired).
6. A: Why don’t you drink your tea?
B: It’s not ……………….(sweet).
7. A: Did Peter play in the game yesterday?
B: No. He is ………………..(short).
8. A: Did you like the film?
B: No. The film was ………………..(terrifying).
Ex. 49. Look at the letter smuggled out of prison:
… It’s dreadful in here. There are six of us in each cell, and no heating
at all. You can imagine what it’s like at night, with only 2 thin blankets
80
each. “Breakfast” is at 5.30 – watery soup. Then we sit sewing
mailbags for 16 hours without a break, except for half an hour’s
exercise in the yard. Then more watery soup, and the lights go out at
8.30. Not that it makes any difference – the prison library’s only got
about 30 books anyway…
Say what is wrong with conditions in the prison, using too and
enough, e.g.
The cells are too crowded.
The cells aren’t big enough.
Ex. 50. Combine each of the following pairs of sentences into one
sentence using too with the Infinitive.
Model: He is very ill. He can’t work today.
He is too ill to work today.
1. The baby is too little. It cannot walk.
2. It is very cold. We can’t have a swim.
3. He was nervous. He couldn’t speak.
4. He was very snobbish. He wouldn’t talk to any of us.
5. They were empty-headed. They could not learn a single thing.
6. I am too old for this kind of dress. I can’t wear it.
7. It was very dark. We couldn’t see him.
8. It was rather cloudy. We couldn’t see the eclipse properly.
9. She is too young. She doesn’t understand the problem.
10. You are young. You shouldn’t wear black.
Ex. 51. Paraphrase the sentences according to the examples.
Model: He is very clever. You can’t deceive him with your tricks.
He is too clever to be deceived with your tricks.
1. She is very weak. They can’t take her to hospital.
2. The manager is very busy. You shouldn’t bother him with your problems.
3. The swallow was flying very high. The boys couldn’t catch it.
4. The problem is very serious. We can’t discuss it now.
5. The park is extremely beautiful. One can’t describe it in plain words.
6. She is very proud. You shouldn’t treat her this way.
7. He is very old. We can’t take him to the seaside.
8. This fact is insignificant. You needn’t take it into account.
81
Ex. 52. Combine each of the following pairs of sentences into one
sentence using enough with the infinitive.
Model: He is clever. He can answer the question.
He is clever enough to answer the question.
1. He is very clever. He can do the crossword.
2. I am quite old. I could be your father.
3. He is very curious. He opened the letter.
4. You are quite thin. You can wear this dress.
5. I know him well. I can rely on him.
6. She spoke English well. She could do without an interpreter.
7. The coffee isn’t strong. It won’t keep us awake.
8. You are too young. You can’t understand these things.
Ex. 53. I. Find the word opposite in meaning, matching columns A and
B:
A
B
Cold
Clean
Young
Late
Early
Hard-working
Lazy
Low
High
Old
Heavy
Big
Small
Warm
Dirty
Interesting
Complicated
Easy
Boring
Light
II. Transform the sentences without the change of meaning:
Model: It is too cold to go swimming today.
It isn’t warm enough to go swimming today.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
He is too lazy to be given this job.
She is too young to get married.
It is too early to go to bed.
The book was too boring to read.
The boxes are too heavy to carry.
The wall was too high to climb over.
82
7. Some things are too small to see without a microscope.
8. The water was too dirty to swim in.
9. The role was too complicated to understand.
Ex. 54. Complete the sentences logically.
Model: I was too tired ………………… .
I was too tired to stay up late.
1. The soup is too hot …………………. .
2. She isn’t tall enough ………………… .
3. The children aren’t old enough ………. .
4. He was too old ………………………… .
5. The film was too boring ………………… .
6. Close the door, please. It isn’t pleasant enough ……….. .
7. The bag is too heavy …………….. .
8. We weren’t moving fast enough ………….. .
9. She isn’t strong enough …………………... .
10.The music was too loud …………………… .
Ex. 55. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Я не настолько хорошо себя чувствую, чтобы встать с постели.
Ты слишком молод, чтобы читать такие книги.
Я стоял слишком далеко, чтобы слышать, что они говорят.
Теперь ты достаточно большая, чтобы понимать, что они имеют в
виду.
5. Он слишком слаб, чтобы контролировать ситуацию.
6. Мой сын был достаточно взрослым, чтобы заметить мое
настроение.
7. Он был слишком занят, чтобы поговорить со мной.
8. Я был слишком возбужден, чтобы есть.
9. Он был слишком ленив, чтобы относиться к своей профессии
серьезно.
10.Свет был недостаточно ярким, чтобы я мог видеть выражение его
лица.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Ex. 56. Agree with the statements using Infinitive Pattern V
(the NOTE):
Model: - The sand is very hot. We can’t lie on it.
- Oh, yes. It’s too hot to lie on.
83
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
He is too light-minded. We can’t rely on him.
The river isn’t deep. You cannot swim in it.
He hadn’t much money. He couldn’t live on it.
The ice is quite thick. We can walk on it.
The oranges were very bitter. We couldn’t eat them.
The music was awful. They could hardly dance to it.
He ran so fast that we couldn’t catch up with him.
The landscape was romantic. Everybody admired it.
Ex. 57. Look at the list below of adjectives that describe people. Write the
corresponding nouns:
patient
ambitious
strong
tactful
imaginative
courageous
intelligent
dedicated
-
patience
Say why your friend is the wrong person for a particular job, e.g.
A: I’m going to be a paratrooper.
B: Nonsense – you aren’t courageous enough to be a paratrooper.
C: And you haven’t got enough strength either.
Talk in the same way about these jobs:
1. teacher 2. explorer 3. politician 4. novelist 5. spy
6. weightlifter 7. ……………
Ex. 58. Use the appropriate form of the Infinitive (all patterns and
structures):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
I am sorry (keep) you waiting.
He made me (do) it all over again.
Why not (postpone) the experiment? You can do it later.
Do you expect me (explain) it to them?
The child was delighted (take) to the Zoo.
He was not one (look) down on.
I want this article (translate) for the next lesson.
You’d better (ask) them for advice.
It is so generous of you (support) the kids while we were away.
84
10.He hated (speak) to in such an informal way.
11.They never made us (tell) them where we’d been.
12.I’m so sorry (not notice) you!
13.They won’t let us (leave) the customs till our luggage has been
checked.
14.She is so happy (invite) to the party.
15.I saw him (overtake) a police car at a high speed and expected the
police (stop) him.
16.He was not one (fool) with such tricks.
ARTICLE with the names of universities and subjects
Normally no article is used with the proper names of universities,
schools and colleges, e.g. Moscow University, Princeton (University),
Oxford (University), Eton, Harrow, etc., e.g. His dream was to study at
Harvard.
BUT the Sorbonne (in Paris), the University of Cambridge (which is,
of course, more formal than just Cambridge (University), the London School
of Economics, the American Institute for Computer Sciences (with a limiting
attribute), e.g. The University of Liverpool offers a wide range of subjects to
study.
No article is used with the names of subjects even when there is a
descriptive attribute, e.g.
History – ancient history, European history, medieval history, etc.
Physics – modern physics, nuclear physics, etc.
Art – French art, primitive (naïve) art, realistic art, etc.
BUT the definite article is used, if there is a limiting attribute, usually
an of-phrase, e.g.
the history of the Middle Ages, the history of Arab countries, etc.
the physics of elementary particles, etc.
the art of the peoples of the North, the art of weaving, etc.
Ex. 59. Use articles where necessary:
1. He went to … Canberra University to study … art of … aborigines. 2. His
teachers advised him to take up … classical literature, maybe, … literature of
… early Renaissance. 3. … magnificent architecture of … Acropolis in …
Athens impressed us greatly. 4. She majors in … Greek architecture. 5. …
curriculum included … course of … philosophy. 6. His graduation paper dealt
with … German philosophy. 7. He is doing … software engineering at …
Manchester University. 8. He has graduated with honours for his paper on …
85
engineering of … modern spacecraft. 9. Have you found … statistics on …
black economy of … country? 10. She is studying … hotel management at …
University of … Florida. 11. At this time tomorrow we have … seminar on …
international law. – What’s the topic? -… maritime law, that is … law of …
sea. 12. Has he been admitted to … Moscow University? – Yes. – What’s he
going to study? - … psychology.
Ex. 60. Translate into English:
1. Он выпускник Чикагского университета. Он изучал политологию
(political science). 2. В прошлом году он поступил в МГИМО. Он изучает
историю Ближнего Востока и арабский язык. 3. Нам прочитали очень
интересную лекцию по экономике азиатских стран. 4. На прошлой
неделе они начали изучать анатомию и историю медицины. 5. Мне надо
подготовить доклад по русской философии начала XX века. 6. Он
поступил в Магистратуру (went on to study for his MA) по специальности
“Регионоведение”. 7. Куда бы вы хотели поступить? В Финансовую
академию или Институт управления? 8. В школе он очень любил
русскую литературу и экономическую географию. 9. В Петербургском
университете он очень заинтересовался физикой света и оптикой. 10.
Ему повезло, он на год едет учиться в Сорбонну. – А я еду в
Лондонскую школу экономики.
Ex. 61. Speak about a student friend of yours, where he/she studies, what
subjects he/she studies or is going to study.
TENSE AND VOICE REVISION
Ex. 62. Open the brackets using the proper form of the verb:
When we ... (arrive) in London, we ... (be) two hours late because
our train ... (hold) by the bad weather. Outside the station it ... (snow)
hard and there ... (be) a long queue of people waiting for taxis. As we ...
(be) about to join it, a young man ... (pull) up in his car and ... (ask)
where we ... (want) to go. Although it ... (not be) an official taxi, the car ...
(be) new and shiny and the young man ... (look) clean and respectable, so
we ... (decide) to accept his offer. When we ... (tell) him that we ... (not
have) a hotel, he ... (say) he ... (can) take us to one which ... (be) clean and
cheap.
He ... (put) our luggage in the boot and we ... (drive) off to the hotel.
We ... (can) hardly believe our luck and ... (think) of all the people we ...
(leave) queuing in the freezing cold. When we ... (get) to the hotel, he ...
86
(tell) us that he ... (wait) while we ... (check) in. After we ... (find) out that
the hotel ... (be) full, we ... (go) down the steps only to find that our driver
and our luggage ... (disappear). Needless to say, we never ... (see) him
again.
WRITING: PURPOSE ( A  B )
SEQUENCE OF REASONS AND ARGUMENTS.
FORMAL LETTER.
Ex. 63. Study the table:




The purpose of buying this book is/was to improve my English.
He went home early (in order) to watch the match on television.
He went home early not to miss the match on television.
(with can/could)
We moved to London so that we could visit our friends more
often.
 (negative)
I hurried so that I wouldn’t miss the bus. ( = I hurried not to miss
/because I didn’t want to miss the bus.)
 (when one person does sth. so that another person does sth. else)
I gave him my address so that he could contact me.
Ex. 64. Paraphrase the sentences using different ways of expressing
purpose.
We wore warm clothes. We didn’t want to get cold.
I spoke very slowly. I wanted the man to understand what I said.
I whispered. I didn’t want anyone to hear our conversation.(no-one)
She locked the door. She didn’t want to be disturbed.
I slowed down. I didn’t want the car behind to be able to overtake.
One should visit museums. In this way one learns a lot about culture.
(The purpose of …….. )
7. We arrived early. We wanted to be able to start the meeting on time.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Ex. 65. Combine the two sentences into one sentence using so, so that,
because, as, or since. More than one answer is possible in some sentences.
1. I didn’t phone you. I was very late.
2. I turned up the radio. I could hear it in the kitchen.
3. The restaurant was full. We went to the bar next door.
87
4. I stayed at home. I was expecting a phone call.
5. It’s a very large city. You have to use public transport a lot.
6. I learned to drive. My mother didn’t have to take me to the riding
school every week.
7. I took up an English evening course. I wanted to study in the United
States.
8. He wore glasses and a false beard. He didn’t want anybody to
recognize him.
Ex. 66. Read this memo from a manager to the staff. Fill the gaps with
suitable words or phrases.
To:
From:
Date:
Subject:
All staff
The Manager
09.08.98
Temporary roadworks
From next Monday (and continuing throughout the week), there will be
roadworks on all major approach roads to the factory. ________ this will
________ considerable delays, could I please ask the staff to leave home a
few minutes early in the morning ________ everyone arrives on time.
I have been told that these roadworks could also _________ severe traffic
congestion. _________ it may be advisable to leave your cars at home and use
public transport instead.
Thank you for your cooperation in this matter.
DP
Ex. 67. The following sentences are all about learning English. Complete
them in a logical way.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
I want to improve my English because …….
I bought myself a player so that I …….
I study English at weekends as …….
I always write words down in my notebook so that …….
I don’t get many opportunities to practice my English. Consequently,
…….
My brother has got a number of American friends. As a result, …….
If he could speak perfect English it could lead to …….
Some people find English difficult because of ..…..
I have won an English competition, so now …….
88
Ex. 68. Study the table:
Sequence of reasons or arguments
- Why can’t we go away this weekend?
- First(ly), because I’m busy this weekend. Second(ly), you’ve got a
lot of school work to do. And third(ly), we’re planning to go next
weekend.
NOTE ALSO:
in the first place,
 to begin / start with,
on the one hand,
for one thing,
in the second place,

(and) besides / anyway, on the other hand,
for another thing,
 lastly / finally,
to conclude,
Ex. 69. Continue the reasoning in the following situations:
1. - Why don’t you want to go to Karl’s party?
- Well, for one thing, because my ex-boyfriend will be there, and I
don’t really want to see him. …….
2. - Why can’t we send one of our staff to the conference?
- Well, to start with, I don’t think that the company should send anyone
to the conference. And …….
3. We can’t go to that club. In the first place, it is too far. ….… and
anyway …….
4. My car won’t do. On the one hand, it’s big enough; but ……. and
besides …….
5. Unfortunately, your project can’t be accepted for competition. Firstly,
……. ; secondly, ……. ; thirdly, …….. and finally, …….
Ex. 70. Add the missing connectives in the following letter of complaint:
Dear Sir/Madam,
I have just returned from a weekend break at the Royal Malvern Hotel, and I
am writing to express my dissatisfaction with the food and service provided in
your restaurant.
_________________________ , there was very little variety in the food
and sometimes no choice at all. ___________________, the service was very
slow most of the time, and ________________ we had to wait half an hour
89
between courses. __________________ when we complained to the head
waiter about these delays, he was very rude, and the service did not improve.
I sincerely hope that immediate action will be taken to improve this
situation: ____________________________________ your hotel has always
had a fine reputation, _______________________ ____________________ I
believe in the good will and efficiency of the hotel management.
However, I shall expect a letter of apology and explanation for this very
poor standard of service.
Yours faithfully,
.................................
Ex. 71. Write a formal letter. Imagine you are a student representative
at your university. Write a letter to the Dean about one of the rules.
Explain why you and the other students would like the rule changed, the
purpose of the change. Give your reasons and arguments. Start like this:
Dear Mr _________/ Mrs __________,
I am writing on behalf of all the students in my year/ at our university. We are
not happy with the university rule which says that _____________.
The reason we do not approve of this rule is that ______________. We think
that it will be better if ...
Write the letter and use some of the links below to join the sentences.
As a result,
As a consequence,
Consequently,
So,
Since
As
Because
One of the most important reasons why....
The main reason why....
There are other reasons too ....
One reason why .... is that ....
90
UNIT VII. POLITICS. SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT
GRAMMAR: CONDITIONALS. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
Pre-reading questions:
1. How much do you know about the governments in the United Kingdom, in
the USA, in Russia?
2. What are the most typical characteristics of modern society:
welfare
long/short working hours
pollution
good/bad medical care
bureaucracy
technological development
TEXT: THE 1997 GENERAL ELECTION.
On 1 May 1997, a General Election was held in the United Kingdom.
Within a few hours it had become clear that the Conservative Party, which
under the leadership first of Margaret Thatcher and later of her successor
John Major had governed the country for the past eighteen years, had fought
actively to win again but lost.
On the following morning, Prime Minister John Major requested an
audience with the Head of State, Queen Elizabeth II, to tender his resignation
as Prime Minister, because the Conservative Party had made an attempt to
win the elections but failed. Whose guilt was it? 178 of the Conservative
Party's 343 Members of Parliament had lost their seats.
After a few minutes had passed, quite enough time to allow Mr Major to
leave the Palace, the Queen asked the leader of the Labour Party, Tony Blair,
to take office as Prime Minister and form a government. Everything was done
up to the mark. By this time, Mr Major's possessions were already being
removed from his official residence, No. 10 Downing Street, which is within
spitting distance of Westminster, to make way for those of his successor. The
new Prime Minister announced the first of his own ministerial appointments.
British people live in a free country and are fond of order in everything. By
the end of the morning, the transfer of power was complete and the United
Kingdom had a new Government.
The skill and speed with which these events occurred show one
important fact about the British system of government: the significance of
Parliament. There is no separately elected President. Members of the
Government are drawn from Parliament and remain members of it. Parliament
is unchecked by any authority except the electorate at periodic intervals.
Nothing can become law without Parliament's agreement. No court of justice
is empowered to strike down an Act of Parliament because it is
91
unconstitutional. Indeed the political role of the courts is to support
Parliament, to protect the rights of the individuals being on trial.
At the centre of the United Kingdom political system lies not a written
Constitution, but a legislative institution. Parliament makes no distinction
between ordinary laws and constitutional laws.
The United Kingdom is still a constitutional monarchy and not a
republic. But the monarchy itself doesn't have significant political power. Not
since the nineteenth century have monarchs been able to choose the Prime
Minister or veto candidates for ministerial posts.
Britain doesn't have a document containing the main rules to regulate the
powers of government. What the United Kingdom has instead of the single
document of other nations are constitutional conventions and norms. There is
an important set of rules, passed down from one generation to the next, which
is generally accepted by all parties.
To an observer thirty or forty years ago, Britain's political institutions
seemed well set up and stable. Elections gave the people a clear choice
between the two major Parties: Conservative and Labour. The Prime Minister
formed the Government. Ministers made policy, not civil servants, whose role
was simply to advise and put the ministers' decisions into practice. Groups,
interests and individuals in the United Kingdom society seldom went on strike
against the Government. Political leaders and senior administrators were by
comparison with many other European states remarkably incorrupt. All in all,
the system provided a model of balance and harmony.
In recent years, however, the British system of government has come to
be regarded as unrealistic.
(After Nicholas Owen "Understanding British Institutions")
VOCABULARY
elect v 1. выбирать, избирать (голосованием); to be elected president –
быть избранным на пост президента; 2. делать выбор, принимать
решение
election n выборы; general election – всеобщие выборы; electorate n
избиратели
lead vt (led) 1. возглавлять, руководить: lead a party (an army, a
demonstration, etc.); 2. вести, сопровождать: She led the child by the hand;
He led us into the room; vi 3. вести (иметь то или иное направление):
Where does this road lead?; 4. вести, приводить к чему-л.: lead to victory
(good results, trouble, etc); leader n руководитель, вождь; leadership n
руководители, руководство
92
successor n 1. преемник: to appoint a worthy successor – назначить
достойного преемника; 2. наследник; successive a последующий,
следующий один за другим: our team won six successive games – наша
команда выиграла шесть игр подряд
govern v 1. править, управлять: to govern a country управлять страной;
2. руководить, регулировать: to govern wisely (skillfully, with justice) –
руководить разумно (искусно, справедливо); to govern public opinion –
формировать общественное мнение; government n 1. правительство:
Liberal (Labour, Conservative) government – либеральное (лейбористское,
консервативное) правительство; Her Majesty's Government –
правительство Её Величества (в Великобритании); to form the
government – сформировать правительство, to dissolve the government –
распустить правительство; 2. управление, руководство: local government
– местное самоуправление
fight vt/vi (fought) бороться, сражаться, воевать, драться: fight for peace
(freedom, one's country, a better life, etc); fight n
actively adv активно, энергично; active a активный, энергичный,
деятельный: He takes an active part in the social life of our University;
activity n (-ies) деятельность, активность
attempt n попытка: He failed in his attempt to reach us by phone; Phr make
an attempt – сделать, предпринять попытку
allow vt разрешать, позволять: allow sb to do sth; Smoking is not allowed
here
mark vt 1. отмечать, помечать – mark words (pages, mistakes, a road, etc);
2. отмечать, праздновать – mark an event (one's birthday, a holiday, sb's
arrival, etc); mark n 1. метка, знак, след; 2. норма, предел; Phr up to the
mark – на должной высоте, на должном уровне; marked a заметный: a
marked difference
distance n расстояние What is the distance between Moscow and Warsaw?;
The station is at a distance of two kilometres from the village; Phr in the
distance – вдали; from a distance – издалека; distant a далёкий,
отдалённый: a distant country ( land, place, etc.)
own a свой собственный; one's own house (idea) – собственный дом
(собственная мысль); own vt владеть, иметь: own a house? (a car, etc.);
Who owns the land, its minerals, waters and forests in your country?; owner
n владелец; ownership (state, private, public) n собственность
93
(государственная,
собственности
частная,
общественная),
владение,
право
free a 1. свободный, независимый a free country (town, people, man , etc.);
Phr set sb/sth free – освобождать, выпускать чего-л., что-н. на свободу;
2. бесплатный: a free concert (ticket, education, etc); freedom n свобода,
независимость; Phr freedom of speech (the press, etc.) – свобода слова
(печати и т.п.)
order n 1. порядок He likes order in everything; She keeps the house in
good order; Phr be in (out of ) order – быть в порядке, исправности (в
неисправности, испорченным); disorder n беспорядок; 2. приказ; Phr by
order по приказу; order vt 1. приказывать: order sb to do sth; 2.
заказывать – order a taxi (a dress, dinner, books, etc.)
skill n искусство, мастерство, умение, ловкость; skillful a искусный,
умелый; skilled a квалифицированный
authority n 1. власть, полномочие: He had no authority to make changes;
2. авторитет, влияние, вес: He spoke with authority; 3. pl власти,
администрация: the local (city, etc) authorities
strike vi (struck) бастовать; strike n забастовка; Phr be on strike –
бастовать, go on strike – забастовать, объявить забастовку; strike down –
нападать на, отменять
ordinary a обычный, обыкновенный, ординарный; ordinary life –
обычная жизнь; ordinary people
observe v 1. наблюдать, следить: We can observe better from above. – Нам
лучше будет наблюдать (видно) сверху; 2. соблюдать, следовать (чемул.): to observe laws (ceremonies) – соблюдать законы (церемонии);
observer n наблюдатель, обозреватель (в средствах массовой
информации)
WORD COMBINATIONS
to tender one's resignation – подать в отставку
to be within spitting distance of sth – находиться рядом с чем-л.
the significance of Parliament – важность, значимость парламента
court of justice – суд
to be on trial – предстать перед судом
a legislative institution – законодательный орган
to make no distinction between – не делать различий между чем-л.
94
to veto candidates – отвергать кандидатуры кандидатов
civil servants – государственные служащие
EXERCISES
COMPREHENTION
Ex. 1. Answer the following questions:
1. When did the Conservative Party last lose a General Election?
2. Why did Prime Minister John Major request an audience with the Head of
State, Queen Elizabeth II?
3. Who did the Queen ask to take office as Prime Minister and form a
government?
4. Where is the official residence of the Prime Minister situated?
5. What is the most important fact about the British system of government?
6. Do they elect President in the United Kingdom?
7. What is the political role of the courts?
8. Does Britain have a written constitution?
9. What kind of state is the United Kingdom?
10. Do the British still regard their system of government as realistic?
Ex. 2. Find in the text the English for the following words and phrases.
Проводить всеобщие выборы, страной управлял преемник Маргарет
Тэтчер, попросить аудиенции у королевы, занять должность премьерминистра, сформировать правительство, его резиденция находится очень
близко от Вестминстера, любить порядок, передача власти завершилась,
члены правительства выбираются из членов парламента, защищать
права людей, у монархии нет серьёзной политической власти,
государственные служащие, должностные лица высокого ранга,
совершенно неподкупный (непродажный), в итоге (в общем).
Ex. 3. Is the statement true or false? If it is false, give a correct answer.
1. On 1 May 1999, a General Election was held in the United Kingdom.
2. The Conservative Party had governed the country for the past eighteen
years, had fought actively to win again but lost.
3. On the following morning, Prime Minister John Major requested the
audience with the members of Parliament to tender his resignation.
4. The Prime Minister's official residence is situated in Oxford Street.
95
5. Parliament doesn't play a significant role in the British system of
government.
6. Parliament is checked by local authorities at intervals of two years.
7. No court of justice is empowered to strike down an Act of Parliament
because it is unconstitutional.
8. The role of the courts is to protect the rights of individuals being on trial.
9. To an observer thirty years ago, Britain's political institutions seemed
unrealistic and unreliable.
Ex. 4. Finish the statement choosing a phrase from those in brackets.
1. Within a few hours it had become clear that ... (the Conservative Party had
fought actively to win again but lost; the Labour Party lost the Election; the
Queen resigned).
2. After a few minutes had passed, quite enough time ... (to request an
audience with the Queen; to allow Mr Major to leave the Palace; to win the
Election), the Queen asked the leader of the Labour Party, Tony Blair, to
take office and form a government.
3. The new Prime Minister announced ... (the name of his successor; the first
of his own ministerial appointments; the date of a General Election).
4. British people live in a free country and are fond of ... (speedy English cars;
good weather; order in everything; beer Guinness and 'fish and chips').
5. The skill and speed with which these events occurred show one important
fact about the British system of government: ... (the remarkable role of the
Queen; that Britain doesn't have a written constitution; the significance of
Parliament; that members of the Government remain members of
Parliament).
6. Parliament makes no distinction between ... (football and soccer; taxis and
cabs; ordinary laws and constitutional laws; elementary and higher
education).
7. Not since the nineteenth century have monarchs been able to choose the
Prime Minister or ... (ask civil servants to make policy; form the
Government; veto candidates for ministerial posts).
8. Political leaders and senior administrators were by comparison with many
other European states ... (extremely honest and reliable; remarkably
incorrupt; skilled and flexible).
Ex. 5. Put questions to the words in bold type.
1. On 1 May 1997, a General Election was held in the United Kingdom.
2. Prime Minister John Major requested an audience with the Head of State,
Queen Elizabeth II.
96
3. The Conservative Party had made an attempt to win the election.
4. The Queen asked the leader of the Labour Party, Tony Blair, to take office
as Prime Minister and form a government.
5. By the end of the morning the transfer of power was complete.
6. There is no separately elected President.
7. Nothing can become law without Parliament's agreement.
8. Ministers made policy, not civil servants, whose role was simply to advise
and put the ministers' decisions into practice.
9. Groups, interests and individuals in the United Kingdom society seldom
went on strike against the Government.
10. All in all, the system provided a model of balance and harmony.
KEY STRUCTURES AND WORD STUDY
Ex. 6. Give the four forms of the following verbs.
Find, bear, win, lead, cry, shoot, die, hold, sit, occur, veto, set up, lie, grow,
draw.
Ex. 7. Compare the meaning of the words in bold type with words of the
same root in Russian.
1. Education is a privilege, not a right in many countries. 2. On the First of
May demonstrations are held in many countries of the world to mark
International workers' day. 3. Military parades are held in Red Square on
May 9th. 4. Distance has grown much shorter today. Modern planes will take
you to the most distant corners of the world within hours. 5. The Znamensky
brothers were famous long distance runners. 6. Bandits have been
terrorizing the border regions. 7. Terrorists have claimed responsibility for
the bomb blast which killed 20 people. 8. The great Russian free thinker
Chernishevsky was exiled to Siberia for his progressive ideas. 9. Which of
the main political parties is most likely to win the election? 10. His
politically correct speech stated that university students should study
literature written by blacks and women as well as Shakespeare and Homer.
Ex. 8. Combine the following, using 'though' according to the model.
Model: He didn't understand what they were talking about, but he asked no
questions.
(a) Though he didn't understand what they were talking about, he
asked no questions.
97
(b) He asked no questions though he didn't understand what they
were talking about.
1. It was raining heavily but they decided to start on their way. 2. The weather
was bad most of the time but we enjoyed our holiday anyway. 3. I need the
book myself but I can let you have it for several days. 4. She felt worse that
day but continued to work. 5. He got up earlier than usual but he missed the
train all the same. 6. She didn't expect to hear such a remark but she showed
no surprise. 7. The boy wasn't much of a fighter but he fought very bravely.
8. Spring had come but it was still rather cold. 9. She wasn't sure of the
spelling of the word but she didn't look it up in the dictionary.
Ex. 9. Fill in the blanks with prepositions and adverbs.
(A) 1. It has been a hard fight .... the child's life; the doctors have really won a
victory ... death. 2. The day his picture was exhibited was a turning point ...
his career. 3. Take the child ... the hand when crossing the street. 4. If you
aren't sure ... the spelling, look the word ... ... the dictionary. 5. The children
could hardly wait ... the rain to stop to continue the interrupted game. 6. The
first group of the mountaineers failed ... their attempt to reach the peak. ... the
past years the peak has been stormed several times. 7. Some pictures ...
modern painters should be looked ... ... a certain distance. 8. The hunter shot
... the bird but missed. 9. He promised to look ... his old friends when he came
... his home town. 10. Just look ... the note! I'm sure she wrote it ... a great
hurry. 11. Don't hide the news ... him, it will lead ... no end of trouble if he
finds it ... ... it ... somebody else. 12. The TV set was ... ... order, so I turned
... the radio for the news. 13. The lake was ... a distance ... some three miles
and we used to walk there every afternoon ... exercise. 14. How do you expect
him to say anything ... or ... the plan if he hasn't been told a word ... it yet?
15. Why not ask her? She has been working as secretary ... our director ...
nearly ten years and knows all there is to know ... the affairs ... the office.
16. The news ... the arrival ... the new teacher was all ... the village in no time,
going ... one house ... the next.
BUSH PLEDGES HE'LL FIGHT FOR FREEDOM
(B) Americans are not afraid to show how they feel, and when the
feeling is patriotism, they get up and shout ... it. They like to read and hear ...
the heroes ... American history. They enjoy patriotic songs like 'America the
Beautiful'. And the sight ... their flag ... important national occasions can
bring tears ... their eyes.
98
Americans want to be proud ... their President as well as their country. A
President has to make his job look easy and smile confidently when he speaks
... the nation ... TV.
George W. Bush swore the U.S. presidential oath ... a second term and
pledged to spread liberty and freedom " ... the darkest corners ... the world".
"Our country has accepted obligations that are difficult to fulfill and would be
dishonorable to abandon," said the president, who led the nation ... war ... Iraq
... a first term marked ... terrorist attacks ... the United States. Bush said he
would place the United States ... the side of the world's oppressed 1 people.
"All who live ... tyranny and hopelessness can know: the United States will
not ignore your oppression, or excuse your oppressors. When you stand ...
your liberty, we will stand ... you."
Bush awoke before dawn ... the White House, then travelled a few
blocks ... his wife Laura, and their twin daughters, Jenna and Barbara, to a
pre-inauguration prayer service. A few hours later they journeyed 16 blocks
along historic Pennsylvania Avenue ... the Capitol, where Bush stood four
years earlier to take the office ... the first time. That was before terrorists
struck the U.S.
Bush's victory made him the 16th president ... American history to win a
second term after a full first four years. In the process, he led Republicans ...
larger majorities6 ... the House and Senate, and outlined a conservative
second-term domestic agenda32 that includes major changes ... Social
Security4 and taxes. But he began his new term ... the war ... Iraq; and many
people ... the world were nervous ... the intentions ... a leader they regarded as
cocky5, shallow6 and dangerous.
(From the article "Bush Pledges He'll Fight for Freedom" by Deb Riechmann
and David Espo. The Associated Press. "The Moscow Times". Abridged)
Ex. 10. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word. Use the correct form.
Order v, n; fight v; mark v; lead v; allow (2); free, freedom; distance (3);
event; attempt n (2); active
1. ... of speech is one of the rights enjoyed by the people in democratic
countries.2. The flight of Yuri Gagarin was an ... which opened up a new
chapter in the life of mankind. Since then, April 12 has been ... in our country
as Cosmonaut's Day. 3. We expect young businessmen of our country to take
to oppress the people - угнетать народ
majority - большинство, major - значительный, главный, более важный
3
domestic agenda - программа внутренней политики
4
social security - социальное обеспечение
5
cocky - самоуверенный, много о себе мнящий
1
6
99
an ... part in the construction of a developed society. 4. Are the booklets ...?
I'd like to take home a few. 5. No one is ... to speak out of order at our
meetings. 6. Together with the others I watched the sportsman fail in his first
two ... . And hoped with all my heart that he would be luckier in his third. 7.
He stepped back and looked at the painting from a ... . 8. Leukemia is a
terrible illness, and man is only now learning to ... it. 9. His business affairs
are always in perfect ... . 10. This year another ... was made to reach the top
of Mt Everest. The party was ... by an Englishman. The expedition ended
tragically: one of the climbers froze to death. 11. It was almost 3 o'clock when
I at last finished writing my paper and was ... to leave the examination room.
12. The nearest village is at a ... of some four kilometres. 13. Though I feel
perfectly all right, the doctor has ... me to keep the bed for a couple of days
more. 14. The traveller was tired and hungry and had almost lost all hope of
getting anywhere before dark when he suddenly saw a light in the ... .
Ex. 11. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Президент США избирается на четыре года. 2. Отдалённые огни
привели меня к деревне. 3. Британия потеряла своё лидирующее
положение в кораблестроении. 4. Преемник премьер-министра вступил в
должность сразу же после выборов. 5. Наша футбольная команда
выиграла три игры подряд. 6. Кто правит Великобританией? Королева
или премьер-министр? 7. Правящая партия пока не хочет выборов.
8. Правительство планирует новое увеличение налогов. 9. Твой дед
воевал во Второй мировой войне? 10. Женщинам пришлось бороться за
равные права. 11. Чтобы остановить драку между двумя бандитскими
группировками (gangs), вызвали полицию. 12. Хотя ему за 80, он всё ещё
очень энергичный человек. 13. Второй вопрос был такой трудный, что я
даже и не пытался ответить на него. 14. Лейбористская партия
предприняла ещё одну попытку победить на выборах, но проиграла.
15. К сожалению, политики не обращают внимания на такую серьёзную
проблему. 16. Я бы хотел пояснить (позволь мне объяснить), что у
правительства нет никаких намерений повышать налоги. 17. Твоя
последняя работа сделана не на должном уровне. 18. Каково расстояние
между Лондоном и Глазго? 19. Издалека этот дом кажется даже
симпатичным. 20. Пирамиды видны с расстояния в несколько
километров. 21. – Сколько стоит билет? – Он бесплатный. 22. Телефон
не работает. 23. Он искусный мастер, у него много заказов. 24. Он
провёл переговоры с большим мастерством. 25. Она думает, что у
молодых людей нет уважения к власти. 26. Англичане с детства
приучены соблюдать законы.
100
LANGUAGE WORK
EXCEPT - BESIDES
(-) except – кроме, за исключением, исключая (syn. but)
(+) besides – кроме, помимо, в дополнение к
I would go, except it's too far.
Everyone was tired except John.
There were three other people at the party besides Mrs. Grey.
Besides being a professional pianist, he is also a keen amateur singer.
Ex. 12. Choose the correct word and fill in the gaps.
1. ... London, the tourists went to York. 2. Everybody, ... Charles, agreed to
take part in the discussion. 3. What shall we do for the next lesson ... reading
the text? 4. I have read all the books advised by the Professor ... the last one.
5. He had nothing for breakfast ... a cup of tea. 6. Did you have anything ...
salad for dinner? 7. ... swimming he does skiing and fencing. 8. She doesn't
do any sport ... skating.
Ex. 13. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Кто, кроме этих студентов, примет участие в обсуждении? 2. В тот
день мы закончили почти весь перевод – кроме последней страницы.
3. Кроме Тауэра туристы побывали в Британском музее и Национальной
галерее. 4. Во время нашей поездки в Великобританию нам удалось
побывать во всех её частях, кроме Северной Ирландии. 5. Какие ещё
английские книги, кроме «Ночного портье», вы будете читать в этом
семестре?
PHRASAL VERB “CALL”
Ex. 14. Study the meanings of the phrasal verbs.
1. call on sb
2. call at a place
3. call for sb/sth
4. call sth/sb off
5. call in
зайти к кому-л.
зайти куда-л.
зайти за кем-л. / чем-л.
(1) отменить, отложить;
(2) отозвать, позвать назад
зайти (ненадолго)
101
6. call in sb
7. call for sth
8. call up sth
call sb up
9. call on sb for sth
/ to do sth
вызвать (на дом), приглашать
требовать (о ситуации,
положении и т.д.)
вывести (информацию на экран)
позвонить кому-н.
призвать кого-л. к чему-л.
или сделать что-л.
Ex. 15. Match the phrasal verbs 1-10 with the correct definitions a-j.
1. Could you, please, call in on the way to work and see how she is?
2. She is on her way somewhere and so, passing through Meryton, I
thought she might as well call on you.
3. He called at the shop on the way home and bought some flowers for
her.
4. The film starts at 7, so I'll call for you at 6.30.
5. I'm calling on everyone of you to do your bit! We need all the help we can
get.
6. Could you call in the next interviewee, please?
7. The meeting was called off due to lack of support.
8. The situation called for drastic measures.
9. Could you call last year's sales figures up for me?
10. As the crisis deepened the ambassador was called off.
a. to cancel
b. to appeal to someone to do something
c. to make a short visit
d. to visit someone
e. to visit a place, to stop somewhere
f. to visit a place with the intention of collecting someone or sth
g. ask to come
h. require, demand
i. to find and show (information) on a computer screen
j. to cause (someone or an animal) to go away
Ex. 16. Fill in the gaps with suitable adverbs and prepositions.
1. I call .... the people in this country to work hard for national unity.
2. The occasion calls ... prompt action.
3. He called ... his friend and they went to the cinema together.
4. Alice had to call ... an electrician because something was wrong with the
socket.
102
5. When we called ... Mrs Parker, we found her tidying up the house.
6. They didn't even bother to inform you that the excursion was called ... ,
did they?
7. I called ... the chemist's and bought a painkiller.
8. I shouted to him to call his dog..., but he just laughed at me.
9. You can use the search facility to call ... all the occurrences of a particular
word in a document.
Ex. 17. Translate the sentences into English using the phrasal verb call.
1. Забастовка была отложена в последний момент.
2. Я зайду за тобой вечером, и мы пойдём в театр.
3. Председатель (the chairman) призвал аудиторию соблюдать
спокойствие.
4. Раньше он всегда заходил по субботам.
5. Он зашёл к ней вчера вечером.
6. Он призвал внести изменения в план.
7. Ему не хотелось вызывать врача, и он отправился в поликлинику сам.
8. Положение требует принятия срочных мер.
9. Я собираюсь зайти в магазин по дороге домой.
READING I
THE BRITISH POLITICAL SYSTEM
Britain consists of four countries: England, Scotland, Wales and
Northern Ireland. London, the capital, is the centre of government for the
whole of Britain, but local authorities are partly responsible for education,
health care, roads, the police and some other things.
Laws are made by Parliament. There are two 'houses': the House of
Commons and the House of Lords (which has little power). Members of the
House of Commons are called MPs (Members of Parliament); an MP is
elected by the people from a particular area.
Parliamentary elections are held every five years or less. The leader of
the majority party in Parliament becomes Prime Minister, and he or she
chooses the MPs who will run the different departments of government - the
ministers. The Prime Minister and the most important ministers make up the
Cabinet, which is the real government of the country.
There are three main political parties: the Labour Party (left-wing), the
Conservative Party (right-wing) and Liberal (centre). The voting
arrangements in Britain have always tended to produce two major parties. In
the 18th century, it was Tory versus Whig, then Tory versus Liberal, and in
103
modern times, Conservative versus Labour. This fact is reflected in the
constitution itself. The second biggest party in the House of Commons
becomes the Official Opposition: its leader is paid a salary from the public
purse1 and given an office.
In Britain, the legal system2 is independent to a large degree: although
the government of the day appoints judges, it cannot interfere with their work
and it cannot get rid of those appointed by the previous government. But the
executive3 and the legislature4 are not separate at all: in fact, the former is part
of the latter5. The House of Commons is made up of all the MPs chosen by
election - about 650 of them. The function of the upper Chamber, the House
of Lords, is to act as a brake on the government of the day. From 1911, the
House of Lords can only delay new laws for a fixed period, and it cannot
change budgets. Earlier most members of the House of Lords were from the
ancient aristocracy: dukes (герцог), marquises (маркиз), earls (граф),
viscounts (виконт) and barons. These are hereditary titles like the monarchy,
passed on from father to son through the generations.
In recent years, it has been the practice to create new lords, known as life
peers (пожизненный пэр). Senior politicians such as ex-Prime Ministers, and
other important public figures were given titles (for a example, Baroness
Thatcher) and a seat in the House of Lords. In the 1990s, the Lords consisted
of about 750 hereditary peers, 26 bishops of the Church of England
(Англиканская церковь), nine senior judges and about 500 life peers. You
can see from the figures that there is a big problem: the size of the
membership; luckily, only a small proportion of them ever came in to work.
(From an English textbook)
Work in pairs
Answer the questions and talk to your classmate about the most surprising
information you have found in the text.
1. What are the names of the countries Britain consists of?
2. Do local authorities have any real power?
3. Who makes laws in Britain?
4. Who appoints Members of Parliament?
5. Is Prime Minister separately elected?
6. Who has real political power in Britain?
shallow - ограниченный, поверхностный
public purse - казна
2
the legal system - судебная власть
3
executive - исполнительная власть
4
legislature - законодательная власть
6
1
104
7. What are the main political parties?
8. Does the Queen have any political power?
9. Is there a separation between the executive, the legislature and the judiciary
(судебная власть)?
10. If one political party wins the election, what happens with the second
biggest party in the House of Commons?
11. What is the main role of the House of Lords?
12. Who can become a member of the House of Commons and the House of
Lords?
READING II
SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT IN THE USA
The United States is a federal union of 50 states, with the District of
Columbia as the seat of the national government. There are three levels of
government in the US - federal, state, and local. All of these are elected by the
people of the country.
The federal government is the national government of the US. The
Constitution of the United States limits the power of the federal government
to defence, foreign affairs, printing money, controlling trade and relations
between the states, and protecting human rights. The federal government is
made up of Congress, the President, and the Supreme Court. The American
President is both head of the government and head of state.
Congress is the institution that makes laws, and is made up of the House
of Representatives and the Senate. The House of Representatives has 435
members called Representatives or Congressmen and Congresswomen, who
are elected by the people of the state. The number of Representatives for each
state depends on the size of the population of the state, and each state has at
least one Representative. The Senate has 100 members called Senators, who
are elected by their state. Each state has two Senators.
Congress decides whether a bill1 becomes law. If both the Senate and the
House of Representatives agree to a law, the President is asked to agree. The
President can veto a bill, but Congress can still make it a law if two-thirds of
the members of each house agree to it.
State government has the greatest influence over people's daily lives.
Each state has its own written Constitution and has different laws. The highest
elected official of each state is the Governor.
The organizations that are responsible for local government in the US are
called town or city or county councils2 . They make laws that affect a town,
5
1
the former ... the latter - первый (из двух …) ... последний (из двух названных)
a bill - законопроект
105
city, or county. The highest elected official of a town or city is usually the
Mayor
In the USA the Constitution enforces a strict separation between the
executive, the legislative and the judiciary. The President of the USA is
chosen in a national election for a four-year term of office, and may be reelected for a second term. The Executive Branch is headed by the President;
the Legislative Branch is headed by Congress; the Judicial Branch is headed
by the Supreme Court. In foreign policy matters the President's chief adviser
is the Secretary of State.
(From Longman 'Dictionary of English Language and Culture)
Work in pairs
How much do you know about these governments?
Britain
The USA
consists of
...........countries;
50 states; each is
each is divided
divided into
into counties
counties
is governed from London
Laws are made
by
which consists
The House of
of
Commons and the
House of Lords
Members are
.........of
called
......('MPs')(Comm
ons)
They are elected every five years
or less
(Commons)
Head of
............Minister
government is
('PM')
called
Is head of
No; Leader of
government
majority party in
separately
House of
elected?
Commons
becomes PM
Real power is
PM and his/her
held by
ministers
(Cabinet)
106
Your country
or another
country
Do local original
government
bodies have any
power?
How many large
political parties
are there?
Partly responsible
for education,
healthcare, police,
roads
Three; Labour
(.......- wing),
.............(rightwing) and Liberal
Democrates
(Centre)
Ceremonial head King or .............
of state?
READING III
Pre-reading questions:
1. Do you go to church? Why?
2. What do you know about the Church of England?
THE CHURCH OF ENGLAND
There is a paradox about religion in Britain. On the one hand this is
officially a Christian country, where Church and state are linked. On the
other, Hindus, Muslims and Sikhs form quite a large part of the population,
and the British are proud of their tolerance and adaptability. At the same time,
many small religious groups and sects appear to be growing, while most
young people have no religious beliefs at all.
The link between Church and state is something unique to Britain; no
other Western country has anything quite like it. The Queen is not only the
symbolic head of state, but she is also the head of Church of England. In most
modern countries there is a strict separation between the government and
religion.
It was partly the result of a historical accident. King Henry VIII wanted
to divorce his first wife in order to marry again but the Pope didn't agree. So,
in the early 1530s, Henry broke away from Rome, and the Church of England
became independent. It was still Catholic, but it then began to adopt many of
the new Protestant ideas from Germany. Under Queen Elizabeth I, the Church
became officially Protestant, and Roman Catholics were forced to go to
Protestant church services, and much of their money was confiscated. Even
today a Catholic may not become king or queen.
107
As a result, bishops1 of the Church of England are appointed by the
Queen. The bishops sit in the House of Lords, so, in theory at least, they are
part of the government of the country. Prayers2 are said at the Opening of
Parliament in November each year. Religious education is compulsory in
schools.
Of course, not so many people go to church nowadays. The Church of
England has tried to modernise itself in various ways. Vicars 3 no longer
condemn4 gay men or lesbians, or couples who live together without being
married. Rock music sometimes replaces the traditional organ-played hymns.
Since 1994 women can become priests.
British people have not given up the Church altogether. At Christmas,
groups of people go out singing carols, and the churches fill up for midnight
mass on Christmas Eve. About half of all weddings still take place in church,
and a quarter of all children are baptised5. Of course Christianity in this
country doesn't begin and end with the Church of England. There is quite a
strong Roman Catholic community - many Irish, Italian and Polish
immigrants, but also English Catholics. The Greeks and Russians in Britain
have brought with them their own orthodox churches6 . Young Muslims, like
all young people, tend to rebel against the beliefs of their parents. But Islam
seems to be surviving much more successfully than Christianity. Mosques in
London and other big cities are full on Fridays. Many schools and colleges
have a special room for Muslims to pray. New all-Muslim schools are being
set up. Islam all over the world has been very strong and dynamic in recent
years. The Jewish community has been in Britain for a very long time. For
Jews, who had no national homeland for so many centuries, religion has been
an only way of expressing their sense of community and identity. Today, you
can still see orthodox Jews who wear special clothes, observe the Sabbath
(Saturday) strictly, and follow the kosher rules about food (such as not eat
pork).
How religious is Britain today? About 14 per cent of the population go
to church weekly, but that doubles if you think about people going monthly,
and it increases with people going once or twice a year.
Ex. 18. Answer the following questions
1. Are state and Church linked in Britain?
a county council - совет округа (в США – орган местного самоуправления)
bishop - епископ
2
prayers - молитвы
3
vicar - викарий, приходский священник
4
condemn - осуждать, порицать
5
baptize - крестить, совершать обряд крещения
2
1
108
2. Who is the head of the Church in England?
3. Why did Henry VIII break away from Rome in 1530?
4. When did the Church of England become officially Protestant?
5. May a Catholic become king or queen of Great Britain?
6. Who can become a bishop of the Church of England?
7. Is religious education compulsory or optional in schools?
8. Why has the Church of England tried to modernise itself in various ways?
9. Have British people given up the Church?
10. Which religion seems to be surviving more successfully: Christianity or
Islam?
11. How religious is Britain today?
Work in pairs
Agree or disagree with the following statements. Give your reasons.
Firstly
In my opinion
In addition
Some critics argue that
In my view
To begin with
What is more
To sum up
In conclusion
All in all
1. There should be a state religion.
2. Many people go to church nowadays because they are lonely, they need
help.
POLITICS
A. Types of government
Monarchy: a state ruled by a king or queen. There are also countries that
have a monarchy, but the monarch is not the ruler, e.g. The United
Kingdom.
Republic: a state governed by representatives (= men and women chosen
by the people) and a president, e.g. the USA or France. People who believe
in this system are republicans.
Democracy: a system of government in which leaders are chosen by the
people, e.g. France or the UK. People who believe in this system are
democrats.
109
Dictatorship: a system of government in which one person rules the
country (= one person has total power). The person is called a dictator.
B. Political beliefs
Abstract noun
Personal noun/adjective
conservatism
conservative
socialism
socialist
social democracy
social democrat
liberalism
liberal
communism
communist
fascism
fascist
e.g. People who believe in social democracy are social democrats.
C. Political positions
What does it mean to be a socialist or a conservative? Often, it means
different things in different countries, but in Britain they often talk about
someone's political position like this:
Left - wing / on the left
(= socialist)
middle of the road / right – wing / on the
in the centre (= liberal) right (conservative)
D. Elections
In a democracy, people vote for (= they choose in a formal way/elect) the
political party (e.g. conservatives, liberals or socialists) that they want to
form (make) the government. They do this in an election, and in many
countries elections take place / are held (happen) every four or five years.
42% voted for the socialists in the last election (= the socialists got 42% of
the votes). The president was elected two years ago.
E. Government
Political systems are different all over the world. In the UK, when a
political party wins a majority (= 51% or more) of seats (= official
positions in parliament) in an election, they become the government of the
country, their leader (= the head of the party / person in control) becomes
Prime Minister and they are in power. The government must have
policies (= programmes of action) to run (= manage) the country. This
means, for example, an economic policy (for the economy), and a foreign
policy (for actions taken by the country in other parts of the world).
110
Ex. 19. Complete this word-building table.
Abstract noun
Politics
Democracy
Dictatorship
Socialism
Conservatism
Liberalism
Person
Adjective
Ex. 20. Fill in the gaps to complete this text about the political system
in the United Kingdom. One word in each gap.
In the UK ..... are held every five years. (The ......... Minister may decide
to hold one after four years, but five years is the maximum). Some countries
have a system of proportional representation: this means in theory, that a
political party with 30% of the ..... should get 30% of the seats in ...... . In the
UK, the political ..... is different: here the winner takes all. This means that
the person with the most votes in each political area (called a constituency)
wins the seat; and the political .......which wins a ........... of the seats will
......... the government on their own. As a result of this system, it is possible
for a party to be in ......... with only 40% of the total vote. Some people think
this system is unfair.
Work in pairs
What do you think? What possible reasons could there be to justify (=
support) this system? Compare your points of view?
Ex. 21. Answer these questions about your own country. Ask your
classmate from a different country the same questions.
1. Which party is in power at the moment?
2. When were they elected?
3. Who is the leader of this party?
4. Is this person the President or Prime Minister of your country?
5. Do you agree with most of their policies?
6. Would you describe yourself as left-wing, right-wing, or in the centre?
7. Do you think your political views have changed much during your
lifetime?
8. How many major (=important) political parties are there?
111
9. Who did you vote for in the last election?
10. Do you think this party will win the next election? Will you vote for them
again?
GRAMMAR: CONDITIONALS
Conditional sentences are used to talk about a possible situation and its
results.
They usually consist of two parts: the if-clause and the main clause. The ifclause can come before or after the main clause.
There are different types of conditional sentences:
I. Zero conditional sentences
Zero conditional sentences refer to 'all time', express habitual results.
Naturally we use present tenses in both parts.
They express a situation that is always true. If means when or whenever.
e.g. If you heat ice, it turns to water. (Если нагреть лёд, получится вода.)
If there is a shortage of any product, prices of that product go up. (Если
какого-то продукта не хватает, то цены на него повышаются.)
II. Conditional sentences of Type I: REAL CONDITION
The situation in this case refers to the future and is quite probable.
The verb in the if-clause is in the present tense; the verb in the main clause is
in the Future Simple. It doesn't matter which comes first.
e.g. If he runs, he'll get there in time.(Если он побежит / при условии,
что он побежит...)
The cat will scratch you, if you pull her tail.
Note: a comma can be written when the if-clause comes first.
If you don't revise your grammar, you won't pass the exam.
If can be replaced by unless (= if ... not) or in case (because of the
possibility).
Unless you start at once you'll be late. = If you don't start at once you'll be
late. (Если ты не отправишься сразу же, ты опоздаешь.)
I'll cook plenty of potatoes in case they decide to stay for dinner.
(Я приготовлю много картошки на тот случай, если они останутся
обедать.)
In case I don't find her at home, I'll leave her a note.
(В случае если я не застану её дома, я оставлю ей записку.)
112
Ex. 22. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.
1. If I see him I (give) him a lift.
2. The table will collapse if you (stand) on it.
3. If he (eat) all that he will be ill.
4. If I find your passport I (telephone) you at once.
5. The police (arrest) him if they catch him.
6. If he (read) in bad light he will ruin his eyes.
7. Someone (steal) your car if you leave it unlocked.
8. What will happen if my parachute (not open)?
9. If he (wash) my car I'll give him $10.
10. If she (need) a tape-recorder she can borrow mine.
11. If you (not go) away I'll send for the police.
12. I'll be very angry if he (make) any more mistakes.
13. If he (be) late we'll go without him.
14. She will be absolutely furious if she (hear) about this.
15. He'll be late for the train if he (not start) at once.
16. Unless you are more careful you (have) an accident.
17. Unless I (have) a quiet room I won't be able to do any work.
18. Ice (turn) to water if you heat it.
19. If the house (burn) down we can claim compensation.
Ex. 23. Translate the sentences into English.
1. Если я его не застану, я оставлю записку.
2. Я позвоню ему завтра, если не сумею разумно урегулировать эту
проблему.
3. Если он сделает наконец попытку познакомиться, я дам ему номер
телефона.
4. Я извинюсь, если я почувствую, что не прав.
5. Если вы повернёте направо у светофора, вы увидите вдали здание
нашего университета.
6. Я присмотрю за ним, если не буду слишком занят.
7. Если вы будете более внимательны, вы не перепутаете (confuse) эти
имена.
8. Я одолжу тебе деньги, если ты их вернёшь в течение двух недель.
9. Если я увижу своего друга на вечеринке, я попрошу у него совета. Он
всегда даёт мне хорошие советы.
10.Джон будет участвовать в выборах, если руководитель партии
поддержит его кандидатуру (candidacy).
11.Они очень удивятся, если я совершу такую глупую ошибку.
12.Если нагреть снег, получится вода.
113
III. Conditional sentences of Type 2: UNREAL CONDITION
(Subjunctive Mood)
Unreal PRESENT
Both the condition and the consequence belong to the present or the future.
The verb in the if-clause looks like the Simple Past tense (if ... were / did);
the verb in the main clause is in the form of the Subjunctive Mood (would /
could / might do):
e.g. If I had a map I would lend it to you. (But I don't have a map. The
meaning here is present.) (Если бы у меня была карта, я бы одолжил
её тебе.)
If someone tried to blackmail me I would tell the police. (But I don't
expect that anyone will try to blackmail me. The meaning here is future).
(Если бы кто-нибудь попытался шантажировать меня, я бы
рассказал полиции.)
Type 2 is used:
When the supposition is contrary to known facts; when it is an imaginary
situation at present:
e.g. If I lived near my office I would be in time for work. (But I don't live
near my office.)
If I were you I'd plant some trees round the house. (But I am not you.)
If Steve were/was here, he'd know what to do.
Note: If I were you... / If I were in your place... (NOT "was")
(Если бы я был на твоём месте...)
"Were" is preferable in purely imaginary situations.
Ex. 24. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.
1. If I had a computer, I (do) it myself.
2. If I (know) his address, I'd give it to you.
3. He (look) a lot better if he shaved more often.
4. If he worked more slowly he (not make) so many mistakes.
5. I wouldn't drink that wine if I (be) you.
6. More tourists would come to this country if it (have) a better climate.
7. If I were sent to prison, you (visit) me?
8. If someone (give) you a helicopter, what would you do with it?
9. If he (clean) his wind screen, he'd be able to see where he was going.
10. If you drove your car into the river, you (be able) to get out?
11. If I (win) a big prize in a lottery I'd give up my job.
12. What you (do) if you found a burglar in your house?
114
13. I could tell you what this means if I (know) Greek.
14. If everybody (give) $1, we would have enough.
15. If he knew it was dangerous, he (not come).
16. I could get a job easily if I (have) a degree.
17. If she (do) her hair differently she might look quite nice.
18. I (keep) a horse if I could afford it.
19. If they (ban) the sale of alcohol at football matches, there might be
less violence.
20. What would you do if the lift (get) stuck between two floors?
21. You wouldn't have so much trouble with your car if you (have) it
serviced regularly.
22. I'd climb over the wall if there (not be) so much broken glass on top of it.
Ex. 25. Translate the sentences into English.
Я бы побыл здесь подольше, если бы не был так занят.
Я бы пошёл в кино, если бы ты захотела.
На вашем месте я бы не был с ним так откровенен.
Я был бы вам очень обязан (to be obliged to somebody), если бы вы
смогли отложить нашу встречу.
5. Если бы погода была хорошая, мы бы играли на открытом воздухе.
6. Если бы ты мне позвонил, я бы тебе кое-что рассказал.
7. На твоём месте я не был бы таким доверчивым.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Ex. 26. Choose the correct form of the verb.
1. If I don't feel / won't feel well tomorrow, I stay / I'll stay at home.
2. If the weather is / will be nice tomorrow, we can go to the beach.
3. It will be hard to find a hotel if we arrive / will arrive late.
4. The alarm will ring if there is / will be a fire.
5. I am / will be surprised if they get / will get married.
6. Do you go / will go to the party if they invite / will invite you?
7. If I am / will be late this evening, don't wait for me.
8. What shall we do, if it rains / will be raining.
9. I'll be able to understand you, if you speak / will speak slowly.
Ex. 27. Respond to the following according to the model.
Model: He lives near his work, so he is never late.
If I lived near my work I would never be late.
1. His garden gets a lot of sun, so he can grow a lot of flowers.
115
2. They use computers, so they finish their work soon.
3. He runs round the park every morning, so he keeps very fit.
4. His alarm clock rings very loudly, so he always wakes up in time.
5. His French is good, so he reads French books in the original.
6. They have a balcony, so they can grow plants.
Ex. 28. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.
A.
1. If I knew his address I (give) it to you.
2. If he worked more slowly he (not make) so many mistakes.
3. I could tell you what this means if I (know) Latin.
4. He might get fat if he (give up) smoking.
5. If he knew that it was dangerous he (not ride) that wild horse.
6. What would you do if you (break) a leg?
7. I (not jump) from the roof if I were you.
8. You couldn't have so much trouble with your car if you (buy) a new one.
B.
1. If I (know) the answer, I (tell) you.
2. The journey takes three hours by bus. You (get) there much sooner if you
(go) by train.
3. The teacher said to David: "You are late again this morning. If you (get)
earlier, you (not be) late.
4. He was a good honest man. He never (make) a promise, if he (not mean) to
keep it.
5. If money (grow) on trees, all of us (be) rich.
Ex. 29. Answer the questions in complete sentences.
1. In which town/city would you live if you had the choice?
2. Who would you ask if you didn't know the way to the post office?
3. Could you come to the University an hour earlier tomorrow if the teacher
asked you?
4. How would you feel if you never had a holiday?
5. Could you wake up at 5 a.m. if I called you?
6. Could you cook your own dinner if your mother asked you?
Ex. 30. Replace the infinitives in brackets by the proper form of the verb.
Model: If I were you, I (read) the book in the original.
If I were you, I would read the book in the original.
116
1. They (go) for a swim in the lake if it were warmer. 2. If the poem were not
so long, I (recite) it. 3. Even if it were not so late I don't think I (go) to the
cinema. 4. Even if he realised the danger, he (not stop) the preparations for
the experiment. 5. Even if I had a dictionary, I don't believe I (be able) to
translate the text in the short time we were given. 6. Even if I wanted to, I
(can do) nothing now. 7. If you really wanted to help, you (can do) it even
now. 8. If I (not have) to go to class today, I (go) shopping or (visit) my
friends. 9. I would go to the country if it (be) Saturday.
Ex. 31. Pairwork. Say what you would do if you were ...
Example: - (What would you do if you were) a good cook?
- If I were a good cook I would work in the best restaurant.
1. a teacher
2. a parent
3. a famous footballer
4. in London
5. a genius
6. retired
7. the leader of your country
8. a magician
9. in the army
10. an ambassador
Ex. 32. Translate the sentences with real or unreal condition from
Russian into English.
1. В случае если он не придёт, я зачитаю его доклад. 2. Как бы вы
решили эту проблему, если бы вам пришлось заняться ею? 3. А что если
он задержится и не доставит пакет вовремя? 4. Во вторник тренировка
состоится на открытом воздухе, при условии, что установится хорошая
погода. 5. Если бы мне довелось писать статью на эту тему, я бы не стал
использовать эти старые материалы. 6. Если бы я хорошо ходил на
лыжах, я бы обязательно принял участие в соревнованиях. 7. Если бы я
знал как решить эту проблему, я бы не просил вашей помощи. 8. Если
варить суп три часа, он будет невкусный. 9. Если ты не знаешь этого
слова, можно поискать его в словаре.
IV. Conditional sentences of Type 3: UNREAL CONDITION
(Subjunctive Mood)
Unreal PAST
117
When we are talking about the past, about something that cannot be
changed, we use the past form of the Subjunctive Mood, i.e.
if … had ('d) done, … would (could / might) have done.
Study the situation:
Last month Gary was in hospital for an operation. Liz didn’t know this,
so she didn’t go to see him. They met a few days ago. Liz said:
"If I had known you were in hospital, I would have gone to visit you."
(Liz said: If I had known you were in hospital… The real situation was that
she didn’t know he was in hospitable, so she didn't go to see him.)
Other examples:
I didn’t see you when you passed me in the street. If I’d seen you, of
course I would have said hello. (but I didn’t see you)
I decided to stay at home last night. I would have gone out if I hadn’t
been so tired. (but I was tired)
If he had been looking where he was going, he wouldn’t have walked
into the wall. (but he wasn’t looking)
The view was wonderful. If I’d (had) a camera, I would have taken
some photographs. (but I didn’t have a camera)
Compare:
I’m not hungry. If I was (were) hungry, I would eat something. (now)
I wasn’t hungry. If I had been hungry, I would have eaten something. (past)
Ex. 33. Translate the following sentences from English into Russian.
1. If we hadn’t taken a taxi, we would have missed the train. 2. If we had let
them know, they would have met us at the station. 3. If I had been in your
place, I wouldn’t have got offended. 4. If anything had been wrong with the
car, they would have gone by train. 5. If he were not so absent-minded, he
would not have forgotten it. 6. If the customer had taken part in the
competition, he might have won it. 7. Would the customer have won the prize
if Miss Martha hadn’t interfered? 8. Certainly Walter would have waited for
you if he hadn’t been so busy. 9. Of course Arthur would have done
something about it if he had had time. 10. Would Doctor Caswell have
allowed the old man to visit art galleries if he had known what plans the old
man had? 11. If he had interfered, she might have been hurt. 12. You would
have seen my garden at its best if you had been here last week.
Ex. 34. Open the brackets using the proper form of the verb.
118
1. If I (feel) well yesterday, I (come) to class. 2. I’m sorry you didn’t come to
the party. If you (come), you (have) a good time and (meet) my fiancé 3. Why
didn’t you tell me when your plane was supposed to arrive? If you (tell) me, I
(pick up) you at the airport. 4. They lost too many votes. If their party (win),
he (appoint) Prime Minister. 5. Unfortunately I have some complications. If I
(follow) the doctor’s advice, I (recover) sooner. 6. Why didn’t you call me? If
you (ask) me, I (help) you to solve this problem. Now I’m afraid it’s too late.
7. What a pity he failed the exam! If I (know), I (come) to help him get ready
for it. 8. It turned out he had been mixed up in some fraud. If it (make) public
before, people (not vote) for him. 9. I didn’t know that he was in hospital. I
(visit) him if I (know).
Ex. 35. Read the text and underline conditional sentences. Retell the text.
A FARMER AND AN APPLE TREE
A rich farmer had a friend who was a gardener and grew very good apples.
One day the farmer came to his friend and said: «What wonderful apples
you’ve got here!»
«If you like I shall give you one of my apple-trees,» said the friend. He
selected a fine young tree, gave it to the farmer and said: «If you take it home
and plant it at once, you will have very good apples.
The farmer thanked his friend and took the tree home. But when he came
home, he did not know where to plant it. If he planted it near the road,
passers-by would steal the apples. If he planted it in one of his fields, his
neighbours might come at night and steal the apples. If he planted it near his
house, his own children might steal the fruit.
Finally he planted the tree deep in the forest where no one could see it.
Naturally the young tree could not grow without sunlight and soon died.
When the gardener learned about this, he said that if he had known what the
farmer would do to the tree, he would never have given it to him.
«What could I do?» answered the farmer. «If I had planted the tree near the
road, passers-by would have stolen the apples. If I had planted it in one of my
fields, my neighbours would have come and stolen the fruit. If I had planted it
near my house, my own children would have stolen the apples.»
«Oh,» said the gardener, «if I had known how greedy you were, I’d never
have given you the tree».
(From an English textbook)
Ex. 36. Work in pairs. Read the dialogues, find sentences with the
Subjunctive Mood. Reproduce the dialogues with your partner.
119
A BAD DAY AT THE OFFICE
Bob: What was wrong with you this morning?
Debbie: Wrong with me? Sorry, Bob, I don’t know what you mean.
Bob: You walked straight past me. You didn’t say a word!
Debbie: Really? Where?
Bob: It was just outside the news-agent’s in the High Street.
Debbie: I’m terribly sorry, Bob. I just didn’t see you.
Bob: Come on, Debbie. You must have done! I was waving!
Debbie: No, honestly. I didn’t see you. If I had seen you, I would have said
‘Hello’.
Mrs. Lewis: Debbie, have you sent that telex to Geneva?
Debbie:
No, I haven’t.
Mrs. Lewis: Why haven’t you done that yet? It’s urgent.
Debbie:
Because you didn’t ask me to do it.
Mrs. Lewis: Didn’t I?
Debbie:
No, you didn’t. If you’d asked me, I’d have sent it!
Gordon: Did you see a letter from Brazil on this desk?
Debbie: Yes, it’s here.
Gordon: Oh, good. Where’s the envelope?
Debbie: I threw it away. Why?
Gordon: It had some nice stamps on it. I wanted them for my son. He collects
stamps.
Debbie: Oh, If only I’d known!
Gordon: It doesn’t matter.
Debbie: No, I’d have kept it if I’d known.
Debbie: What’s the matter, Jeff? You don’t look very well.
Jeff:
No. I’ve had a terrible cold. I’ve been in bed all weekend, but it’s
better today.
Debbie: Mm… I had a bad cold last week.
Jeff:
I know, and you gave it to everyone in the office. I wouldn’t have
come to work if I’d had a cold like that.
Mrs. Lewis: Debbie.
Debbie:
Yes.
Mrs. Lewis: Did you type this letter?
Debbie:
Yes. Why? Is there something wrong with it?
Mrs. Lewis: Have a look. This should be £400.00. You’ve typed £40 000.
120
Debbie:
Oh, yes. I’m ever so sorry.
Mrs. Lewis: And you’ve also misspelt the customer’s name. It should be
‘Snelling’, not ‘Smelling’.
Debbie:
Hee-hee!
Mrs. Lewis: It’s not funny, Debbie. If I hadn’t noticed it, we could have lost
the order.
Ruth: Hi, Debbie. Did you have a good day today?
Debbie: No, I didn’t. I’m glad today’s over! Everything went wrong!
Ruth: Really?
Debbie: Yes, I made a lot of typing errors, then I forgot to send a telex and I
offended Bob because I ignored him in the street.
Ruth: Why was that?
Debbie: It was that party last night. If I hadn’t gone to bed late, it wouldn’t
have been such an awful day. I’m having an early night tonight!
For each of the conversations say what would / wouldn’t have happened
if the people had acted in a different way.
Ex. 37. Translate the sentences with unreal past condition from Russian
into English.
1. Если бы она сказала мне всю правду, я бы не попал в такую
неприятную ситуацию. 2. Мне бы предложили эту работу, если бы я не
сделал несколько глупых ошибок в ходе собеседования. 3. Если бы я
поставил будильник (set the alarm), я бы не проспал сегодня. 4. Если бы
вы предупредили нас заранее, нам не пришлось бы торопиться и мы бы
взяли все необходимые вещи. 5. Если бы я успешно сдал все экзамены, я
бы съездил прошлым летом в Англию. 6. Если бы ты вчера попросил у
меня денег, я бы тебе одолжил, но сегодня они мне нужны самому.
7. Если бы министру задали этот вопрос вчера на пресс-конференции, я
думаю, он обязательно упомянул бы последние события в этом регионе.
8. Даже если бы они настаивали тогда на моем участии, я бы отказался.
9. Если бы ему так не нужны были деньги, он никогда не согласился бы
на такую тяжелую и скучную работу. 10. Если бы я знал, что Смиты
были тогда в Париже, я бы зашел к ним. 11. Если бы он больше
тренировался, он мог бы выиграть первый приз. А сейчас он очень
расстроен. 12. Он живет в Париже уже три года, не так ли? Если бы он
перестал заниматься французским, его не послали бы во Францию.
V. Mixed Conditionals
121
Different types of conditionals can be mixed. Any form combination is
possible if the context permits it, e.g.
If I were you (Type 2), I would have invited (Type3) her.
(You are not me, so you didn’t invite her.)
If she had saved (Type 3) her money, she would be going (Type 2) on
holiday with the others.
(She didn’t save her money, so she isn’t going on holiday.)
Ex. 38. Respond to the following with mixed conditional sentences.
Example: – She isn’t at the meeting because she wasn’t told about it.
– Yes, she would be at the meeting if she had been told about it.
1. I didn’t apply for the job. I don’t want to work there. 2. He didn’t take his
job seriously. He’s unemployed now. 3. He didn’t train every day. He won’t
win the race. 4. I didn’t book seats. We can’t go to the concert tonight. 5. You
didn’t warn me. Now I’m in a difficult situation. 6. I don’t know him very
well so I didn’t give him any advice. 7. I didn’t help you with the translation
because I don’t speak French. 8. He is very ambitious, that’s why he was
running for President. 9. She won’t take part in the conference because she
didn’t sign for it. 10. He is not very tall, so he didn’t join the basketball team.
Ex. 39. Complete the following sentences in a logical way.
1. If I were President, I …
2. I would have found a job if …
3. If I hadn’t been studying hard …
4. If I had enough money …
5. If I weren’t interested in politics …
6. I would be out of work if …
7. I would have got married if …
8. I’d have taken a photograph if …
9. If I lived in the country …
VI. Implied Conditionals
An “if”-clause is not always stated, it is often implied (meant) and the
rules for the verb usage are still followed in the main clause, e.g.
He committed the crime, otherwise he wouldn’t have been arrested.
(= If he hadn’t committed the crime, he wouldn’t have been arrested.)
122
But for his crime he wouldn’t have been arrested.
(= If it hadn’t been for his crime he wouldn’t have been arrested.)
Ex. 40. Translate the following sentences from English into Russian.
1. Why didn’t you ask me? I could have looked it up in the reference book. 2.
Why didn’t he come to the party. Everybody would have been glad. 3. It’s a
good thing you didn’t mention the fact in her presence. She would have been
hurt. 4. The operation was just on time. In another twenty-four hours the
patient would have felt better without it. 5. It’s a pity the car got broken down.
I would have taken you to Richmond. 6. I was so busy yesterday, otherwise I
could have joined you. 7. If it hadn’t been for the rain, we would have
arranged the party in the open. 8. But for the first scene, the film would have
been quite good. 9. In your place I would have read the book in the original,
not in translation. 10. But for his sore throat, he would have spoken at the
meeting.
Ex. 41. Find the implied conditionals and change them into “if” – clauses.
Model: I missed the early train, otherwise I wouldn’t have been late.
If I hadn’t missed the early train, I wouldn’t have been late.
1. The meal would have been lovely but you put the oven on too high. 2. But
for his failure he would still be in charge of the committee. 3. I don’t know
anything about cars, otherwise I would have changed the tyre myself.
4. Michael would be celebrating but he didn’t win the race. 5. They would be
at the reception but they weren’t invited. 6. The hotel wouldn’t be overbooked
but a receptionist made a mistake. 7. The film was very popular, otherwise the
director wouldn’t have won an Oscar. 8. But for the few votes he would have
been elected to the House.
***
Ex. 42. Translate from Russian into English using all types of conditional
sentences.
1. Он присоединился к нашей дискуссии, иначе мы бы проиграли.
2. Если бы я знал французский, я бы вчера помог тебе перевести статью.
3. Если бы вы не напомнили Джорджу позвонить мне, он бы забыл это
сделать. 4. Давайте приготовим побольше сэндвичей на случай, если они
123
приведут своих друзей. 5. Если бы вы сдержали свое обещание, то она
бы на вас не рассердилась. Почему вы этого не сделали? 6. Если наша
партия победит на выборах, мы проведем ряд экономических и
социальных реформ. 7. Хорошо, что Джон помешал вам вмешаться в их
разговор. Вы бы все испортили. 8. Если бы вы не начали спорить, он бы
не рассердился. Теперь придется перед ним извиниться. 9. Если бы она
не была такой легкомысленной, этого бы не произошло. 10. Если бы вы
над ним так не подшутили, вы могли бы быть сейчас друзьями.
11. Какие реформы вы бы провели, если бы ваша партия победила на
следующих выборах? 12. Как ты думаешь, картину приняли бы на
выставку, если бы Элзворт не купил галерею? 13. Если бы не Джейн,
мы бы никогда не познакомились. 14. Если бы Ричард был здесь, он дал
бы вам более хороший совет. 15. Она разрешила нам остаться, но только
если мы будем содержать свою комнату в безупречном порядке.
16. Если бы не отец, мальчик не послушался бы меня. 17. Если мы
проголодаемся, мы зайдем в кафе. 18. Если бы не ваша поддержка, мы
бы проиграли на региональных выборах. 19. Если долго лежать на
солнце, можно сильно обгореть. (get sun-burnt) 20. Я не знал, что ты
окончил университет, иначе я бы обязательно позвонил, чтобы тебя
поздравить. 21. Если бы я хорошо играл в шахматы, я бы обязательно
принял участие в шахматном турнире. 22. Если бы не эта грубая ошибка,
ваш ответ был бы вполне приемлемым. 23. Цены на билеты очень
высокие, иначе мы бы тоже сходили на этот концерт. 24. Если бы мне
пришлось баллотироваться на важный пост, я бы отнесся к этому очень
серьезно. 25. Мы успеем на поезд, если вы поторопитесь. 26. Если бы я
знал ответ на этот вопрос, я бы обязательно помог тебе. 27. Если бы
вчера я лег спать раньше, то сейчас я мог бы сосредоточиться и
закончить эту работу до конца рабочего дня. 28. Если он откажется от
этой должности, вам придется взять ответственность на себя.
ARTICLE
THE + Adjective
The definite article is used with some adjectives without a noun to
describe groups of people. The meaning is always plural, e.g. the rich = rich
people in general. (Compare with the similar use of adjectives denoting
nationalities, e.g. the French, the English, the Japanese, etc.)
Do you think the rich should pay more taxes?
The rich are not very cooperative on this problem.
the rich
the old
the blind
the sick
the injured
the poor
the young
124
the disabled
the deaf
the dead
the unemployed
the wounded
If one person of such a group is meant, the indefinite or definite article
is used with a noun according to the situation, e.g.
There’s a blind man at the crossing. The blind man wants to cross the
road.
X (Many) Blind people can work with their hands.
Ex. 43. Use the proper articles:
1. … man over there is collecting … money for … blind. 2. Many people
were killed in … plane crash. … bodies of … dead were taken away, …
injured were taken to … hospital. 3. … wounded man couldn’t move and kept
groaning. 4. Every English child knows … story of … Robin Hood. It is said
that he robbed … rich and gave money to … poor. 5. You behave like …
disabled person. Are you so lazy or so spoilt? 6. … people with … jobs have
enough money but … life is not so easy for … unemployed. 7. … sick man
asked … nurse to call … doctor. 8. Agnes has been … nurse all her life. She
has spent her life caring for … sick. 9. There will always be … conflict
between … old and … young. 10. They have adopted … new policy to help
… poor. 11. … deaf-mute people are very difficult to teach.
Ex. 44. Translate into English using the adjectives from the box with the
proper article:
1. Все были шокированы числом погибших и раненных в результате
террористического акта. 2. Многие считают, что богатые должны
делиться с бедными. 3. Он говорит, что он бедняк. Однако бедняк не
может питаться в ресторане. 4. Недавно в нашем районе открылась
клиника для глухих. 5. В толпе людей мы заметили слепого и решили
помочь ему перейти улицу. Слепой поблагодарил нас. 6. Я знаю, что
есть специальные собаки для инвалидов. 7. Для безработных
организованы специальные центры, где им оказывается материальная и
психологическая помощь, а также помощь в поисках работы. 8. Мертвых
уже похоронили. 9. Кто смотрит за больными в этой палате? 10. У
главного офиса собралось много безработных, которые требовали
восстановить их на рабочих местах. 11. В некоторых ситуациях старики
и молодые очень похожи.
TENSE AND VOICE REVISION
Ex. 45. Ask questions indicated in brackets, use the Passive Voice.
125
1. They have changed the time-table to make the working hours more
rational. (Why?) 2. They hold meetings twice a month. (How often?) 3. They
had built the road before they started building houses in this area. (Why?)
4. They will hold a local photo show in our club in May. (When?) 5. They are
building a viaduct to ease the traffic here. (Why?) 6. They will finish the
construction of this sports club by March. (When?) 7. All those interested in
the subject attend these lectures. (By whom?) 8. The students were discussing
the second question on the agenda when the dean joined the meeting. (Which
question?)
Ex. 46. Open the brackets, using the correct form of the verb in brackets.
Dave ... (open) the store at eight. He … (want) to show that he … (not be)
lazy. At that hour he … (can) arrange all the boxes that … (leave) over from
the day before.
The door … (slam) shut and he … (straighten up). A girl in a bright coloured dress … (stand) in the doorway.
“Oh!” she … (exclaim), and then … (smile). “You … (scare) me. You… (not
hide), are you? I … (want) to get a pair of shoes,” she … (say) in a friendly
voice.
“Oh, sure!” he … (say) quickly “Just try it on, and if it … (fit), I … (show)
you some real nice stuff.
She … (hold) out the foot with the torn stocking and he … (feel) his face …
(grow) warm. He … (keep) his eyes on the shoe and … (swear) at himself for
being nervous. She must … (think) he was a dumb kid who … (not know)
what … (do).
If he … (not pull) himself together, she … (be ) sure to get disgusted and
walk out. He … (look) at the boxes he unconsciously … (pull) down from the
shelves and … (smile) foolishly. He … (sit) on the stool in front of her and …
(watch) her …(turn) the half-dozen pairs of shoes into a hopeless jumble of
boxes and covers and paper. For a moment he … (think) of the work he …
(have); he … (not be able) to get the store arranged before his boss … (come)
in. But that … (not matter).
WRITING: CONDITION ( A if B )
Ex. 47. Study the table:
126
(a) We’ll be late unless we
= We’ll be late if we don’t hurry.
hurry.
(b) You can’t get a job unless
= You can get a job only if you
you have a residence permit.
have a residence permit.
(c) You can borrow it as long
= ... on condition that / but only if
as you bring it back
(it’s of particular importance to
onThursday.
the speaker) you bring it back by
Thursday.
(d) You can camp here
provided / providing you
leave no mess.
(e) Let’s buy some more food
in case Tom comes.
(f) I must go now; otherwise I
shall miss my bus.
= ... on condition that / but only if
(restriction/permission) you leave
no mess.
= ... perhaps Tom will come.
= because if I don’t go (because if
this doesn’t happen), I shall miss
my bus.
In case  if
We’ll buy some more food if Tom comes. ( = Perhaps Tom will come; if
he comes, we’ll buy some more food; if he doesn’t come, we won’t buy
any more food.)
We’ll buy some more food in case Tom comes. (= Perhaps Tom will
come; we’ll buy some more food now, whether he comes or not;
then we’ll already have the food if he comes.)
Ex. 48. Fill the gaps with either if or in case:
1. I hope you will come to London sometime. …….. you come, you must
visit us.
2. There was a “Wet Paint” notice on the bench …….. someone didn’t
realize that it had just been painted.
3. We have fitted a burglar alarm to the house …….. somebody tries to
break in.
4. The alarm will ring …….. somebody tries to break into the house.
5. You put a luggage tag with your name and address on your suitcase
…….. it is lost.
127
6. Go to the lost property office …….. you lose your bag.
7. I was advised to arrange insurance ……… I needed medical treatment
while I was on holiday abroad.
Ex. 49. Fill the gaps with the words from the box:
Unless
otherwise
in case
as long as
provided/providing
1. You must write these words down, ……. you may forget them.
2. I’ve made extra food for the party ……. more people come than we
expect.
3. I can meet you for dinner on Friday evening …….. I have to work late
at the office.
4. We agreed to buy my daughter a dog …….. she takes it for a walk
every day.
5. I left her my telephone number ……. she needed me.
6. I’ll tell you what happened ……. you keep it a secret.
7. You could park the car in the parking lot ……. you worked in the
office tower.
8. I couldn’t leave the country …….. I renewed my visa.
9. I had to agree to the search; …….. I would be taken to the police
station.
10. He promised to come back and stay …….. she waited for him.
Ex. 50. Complete these sentences in a suitable way:
1. I want to finish this report today; otherwise I’ll …….
2. You can’t go to that reception unless ……..
3. You can borrow the money as long as you ……..
4. I’ve cleaned the spare room and done the bed in case ……..
5. I’m not going to work on Saturday unless ……..
6. I’m going to take my check book with me in case ………
7. The children can stay here providing ………
8. I had to offer the highest price for the painting; otherwise ………
9. They said they would pay the fine for me as long as …….
10. The landlord agreed to my party providing ……
Ex. 51. Fill the gaps with providing/provided, unless, as long as, otherwise,
in case:
128
It is hard to become a millionaire _________________________ you win
a plump sum of money in a lottery. Winners are usually advised not to
publicize their address and phone number; ___________________________
they will be showered by charity requests and begging letters from everybody.
They should at least try to save part of the money ___________
________________ problems crop up. They may do rather nicely
________________________________ they invest their money cleverly. It
feels fantastic to be able to afford a Rolls-Royce, swimming-pool and
racehorse __________________________ you don’t forget a sick relative,
leaking roof or broken fence, and that your family is your biggest treasure!
***
Ex. 52. Write a composition of about 150 - 180 words describing the
views and policies of the main political parties in your country.
Give some information about the leader of the party; if you agree
with most of their policies. Why do you think these parties are popular /
or unpopular in your country? What would you do if you were the leader
of one of the main political parties?
Join the sentences using suitable connectives, e.g. and; also; both ... and;
besides; in addition to; as well; so; therefore; as a result; but/yet;
although/even though; however; nevertheless; in spite of/despite (that); while/
whereas.
129
UNIT VIII. LAW AND ORDER. CRIME AND PUNISHMENT
GRAMMAR: MODAL VERBS OF LOGICAL ASSUMPTIONS,
COMMENTS AND CRITICISM. MAKING A WISH
Pre-reading questions:
1. 1.What do you know about the system of justice in your country? What
is the highest judicial body?
What is the basic principle on which justice is administered?
2. Are the accused people in your country always tried by a jury? What
does it depend on?
3. Do you think that all criminals should be severely punished for their
crimes?
TEXT: CRIMINAL JUSTICE 7
(Rafael Ramos is a young law student from distant Mexico who, during a
visit to London, stayed with an English family. His host, Mr. Churchman, is
now writing to tell Rafael something about criminal justice in England.)
Dear Rafael,
While you were staying with us during this summer, I remember you asked
me a lot of questions about law in this country. I am afraid I wasn’t able to
help you much. We read in our papers about trials in the law courts, but few
law-abiding citizens are experts on the subject.
You asked me to tell you how criminal trials in England differ from
criminal trials in Europe, and I couldn’t tell you much – except, I remember,
that I said that in England a person accused of crime must always be
supposed innocent until he has been proved guilty. Newspapers mustn’t
describe the accused as «the thief» or «the murderer», he is «the accused» or
«the prisoner».
Last month I served as a member of the jury at an important criminal trial,
so I learnt quite a lot. I am giving you only some general impressions.
The prisoner was accused of robbing a bank and of wounding the night
watchman who tried to stop him. He pleaded «Not guilty», so the trial was a
long one. We had to listen to some long speeches and a lot of evidence.
Of the twelve members of the jury (jurors) three were women. Two of the
men were small shopkeepers, one was a motor mechanic, another was a
school teacher. I didn’t find out what the others were, but you can see we
were a mixed lot.
6
Orthodox church - православная церковь
130
We had three stories to listen to. First there was the story told by the
counsel for the prosecution, then the story told by the defending counsel,
and lastly the story told by the judge, a summing up of what was said by
counsel and witnesses. By «counsel» I mean the barrister or barristers
employed on either side.
The prosecuting counsel began by telling the court what he intended to
prove by evidence. Then he called his witnesses. These persons can say what
they know only in answer to questions, so the examination of witnesses is
very important. Every witness may be examined by the barrister who is
defending the prisoner. This is the cross-examination. The judge can interfere
if he thinks any of the questions are unfair. He always objects to what are
called «leading» questions, questions that suggest answers instead of asking
for information. (Perhaps you know the old example: «When did you stop
beating your wife?). Leading questions are allowed, however, in crossexamination.
The defending counsel then had his turn. He called new witnesses,
including the accused man himself. These witnesses were then crossexamined by the prosecuting counsel.
The law of evidence is very strict. Every witness must, before he goes into
the witness box, swear an oath, with his hand on the Bible, «to tell the truth,
the whole truth, and nothing but the truth». A witness may tell only what he
himself knows to be true. «Hearsay» evidence is not allowed. If, for example,
Mr. X saw a man forcing a way into a building, he can describe what he saw,
and this is evidence. If he tells his wife about it, a description of what
happened, given by the wife, isn’t evidence. She heard her husband’s story,
but she did not see what happened with her own eyes.
When all the evidence had been given, and the examination of the
witnesses was finished, counsel for both sides made further speeches. Counsel
for the prosecution tried to show that, from the evidence they had heard, the
jury could only find the prisoner guilty. Counsel for the defense tried to show
that the prisoner was not guilty. Then the judge summed up. He told us what
crime the accused would be guilty of, if the evidence supplied by the
prosecution was true.
The members of the jury have to decide only the questions of fact.
Questions of law are for the judge. So when the judge had finished the
summing up, he said to us, «Will you please consider your verdict?»
We retired to a private room to do this. I was elected foreman (or
chairman). You probably know that if the jury cannot agree they must be
discharged and that there is a new trial with a fresh jury. A verdict has to be
unanimous². In this case we were not long in reaching a decision. The
evidence against the accused man was so strong that we had no need to
discuss it for long. English law requires that the guilt of the accused man must
131
be proved «beyond reasonable doubt». We had no doubt at all, so when we
returned to the court and I was asked, «Do you find the prisoner Guilty or Not
Guilty?» I gave the answer «Guilty».
Here is another interesting point about the law of evidence. The police may
know quite a lot about the previous life of the accused man. They may have
records³ to show that he is a habitual criminal4, that he has often been accused
of crime and proved guilty. But this information cannot be given in court until
AFTER the jury have brought in their verdict.
In this case the police records showed that the prisoner had served three
terms of imprisonment for robbery, one of them being robbery with violence.
If we had known this before we considered our verdict, and if the evidence
against the man had been weak, we might have declared him guilty, in spite of
weak evidence against him.
The prisoner’s past record of crime, if he has one, is given AFTER the
verdict so that the judge may know better what sentence to pass. If the
accused has never before been convicted5 of crime, the sentence6 is not likely
to be severe, unless the crime is one of violence.
There’s one more point worth mentioning. The police officers who find
and arrest an accused man may appear as witnesses at the trial. But they
appear only as witnesses. They have no share in the examination of the
accused. There’s a clear division between the forces of the law who keep
order and the forces who conduct trials in the law-courts.
I’ve probably told you much that you already know, and perhaps English
law is not so different from Mexican law as I think it is. But I hope you’ll find
this letter interesting. You were here in the summer, when the law-courts were
closed. Can you make your next visit when you’ll have a chance to attend a
criminal trial? We’d be very pleased to see you again.
Best wishes,
Yours sincerely,
John Churchman
NOTES
1. Adapted from Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners, A. S.
Hornby, book three, London, Oxford University Press
2. unanimous adj единодушный, единогласный
3. `record here репутация, характеристика
4. habitual criminal a person who committed crime more than once
5. con`vict vt признать виновным: to convict sb of sth
6. sentence here приговор: severe sentence суровый приговор; lenient
sentence – мягкий приговор
132
VOCABULARY
law n 1. закон, правило: Mendeleyev’s law – периодическая система
элементов Менделеева; 2. юр. право, юриспруденция law and order –
правопорядок; law-abiding adj законопослушный; law court n суд
trial n судебный процесс; судебное разбирательство: He was on trial for
robbery; The trial of N. lasted two weeks; Phr hold a trial – вести судебное
разбирательство; try vt cудить, слушать судебное разбирательство: try sb
for sth; What was he tried for?
accuse vt обвинять to accuse sb of sth; He is accused of murder; to accuse sb
of doing sth; accusation n обвинение, обвинительный акт
except prp исключая, кроме except for – за исключением, кроме; except vt
исключать; Phr Present company excepted. – О присутствующих не
говорят
innocent adj юр. невиновный: innocence n невиновность, невинность
guilt n вина, виновность; guilty adj 1. виновный, преступный: guilty of
sth; He was tried and found (not) guilty; He was guilty of robbery; Phr plead
(not) guilty – (не) признавать себя виновным; 2. виноватый – a guilty look,
etc.
jury n 1. присяжные; 12 присяжных, выносящих приговор по
гражданским и уголовным делам; 2. жюри (по присуждению наград и т.
п.)
lead vt (led) 1. возглавлять, руководить: lead a party (an army, a
demonstration, a strike, etc.); 2. вести, сопровождать: She led the child by
the hand; He led us into the room; vi 3. вести (иметь то или иное
направление): Where does this road lead?; 4. вести, приводить к чему-то
(иметь что-л своим следствием, завершением): lead to victory (good
results, trouble, etc.); leader n руководитель, вождь; leading questions –
наводящие вопросы
prosecution n юр. 1. сторона, предъявляющая иск; 2. обвинение (сторона
в судебном процессе); counsel for the prosecution прокурор, обвинитель
на суде
133
defense n юр. защита (на суде): counsel for the defense – адвокат,
защитник обвиняемого на суде
evidence n 1. основание, доказательство; 2. юр. улика, свидетельское
показание; evident adj очевидный, ясный
supply vt 1. поставлять, доставлять, давать; 2. снабжать: supply sb with
sth; The refugees were supplied with food and clothing
witness 1. n свидетель, очевидец; 2. vt быть свидетелем чего-л.: to
examine a witness – допрашивать свидетеля
(un)fair adj (не)справедливый, (не)честный: a fair price (arrangement,
compensation, offer, etc.); Phr to be fair to sb – быть справедливым по
отношению к кому-л.
swear (swore, sworn) v 1. клясться, присягать, ручаться; 2. swear an oath
– a) показывать под присягой; b) давать клятву: He was sworn in. – Он
был приведен к присяге
bring vt (brought) приносить; bring in (a verdict) 1. выносить (вердикт);
2. bring in (a new order, a new fashion, a new topic, etc.) вводить новый
(рас)порядок и т.д.
EXERCISES
COMPREHENSION
Ex. 1. Answer the following questions.
1.Why did Mr.Churchman write Rafael about criminal justice in England? 2.
Why must a person accused of crime be supposed innocent until he has been
proved guilty? 3. Why is the media forbidden to refer to the accused as «the
thief» or «the murderer»? 4. Under what circumstances did Mr. Churchman
learn a lot about criminal justice in Britain? 5. What was the prisoner charged
with? 6. How did the prisoner plead to the charges? 7. What are the tasks of
the prosecuting and defending counsel? 8. What is a cross-examination? 9.
What is the role of the judge during a trial? 10. Why are leading questions not
allowed at trials? 11. What oath is sworn by every witness before he goes into
the witness box? 12. What are the duties of the judge and the jury? 13. Why is
it that the police are forbidden to make public the information they may have
about the criminal record of the prisoner? 14. How are first offenders usually
treated? How are habitual criminals usually treated?
134
Ex. 2. Find equivalents for the following phrases in the text.
Гостить в семье; законопослушные граждане; отличаться от;
обвиненный в преступлении; довольно много узнать; поделиться общим
впечатлением; выслушивать длинные речи и свидетельские показания;
вызвать свидетеля; возражать против так называемых «наводящих»
вопросов; присягать; подвести итог; вне сомнения; выносить вердикт;
отбывать срок заключения; не принимать участия в допросе
обвиняемого; четкое разделение.
Ex. 3. Is the statement true or false? If it is false, give a correct answer.
1. All law-abiding citizens are experts on law in Great Britain.
2. In England a person accused of crime must always be supposed guilty if he
cannot prove his innocence.
3. The British media invariably refers to the accused as «the thief» or «the
robber» or «the murderer».
4. The defendant pleaded Guilty, so the trial was a short one.
5. All the twelve jurors were men as women are forbidden to sit on the jury
in Britain.
6. The judge that presided over the trial seemed to be extremely
inexperienced and never interfered with the counsel even when their
questions were unfair.
7. Some of the witnesses were allowed to give hearsay evidence.
8. When the trial was over, both the judge and the jury retired to the juryroom to consider the verdict and the sentence.
9. The jury could not come to a unanimous decision.
10.The prisoner was a first offender and was treated with sympathy.
11.The police didn’t present their records to the jury before the prisoner was
found guilty.
Ex. 4. Finish the statements choosing a phrase from those in brackets.
1. Mr. Churchman is writing a letter … (to his nephew; to a law student; to a
judge from Mexico).
2. A person accused of crime must always be supposed … (guilty; innocent
until he has been proved guilty).
3. Newspapers mustn’t describe the accused as … («the thief»; «the
murderer»; «the prisoner»).
4. The prisoner was accused of … (murdering the night watchman; stealing a
gold watch; robbing a bank).
135
5. The twelve members of the jury were … (all lawyers; very old people; a
mixed lot).
6. Every witness may be examined … (only by the prosecuting counsel; only
by the judge; by both the prosecuting and the defending counsel).
7. «Hearsay» evidence … (is welcome in court; is not allowed in court; is
sometimes allowed in court).
8. The members of the jury have to decide … (both the questions of fact and
the questions of law; only the questions of law; only the questions of fact).
9. If the police have records to show that the accused is a habitual criminal
… (they must present them before the trial; they must never present them
at this particular trial; they must present them after the verdict of the jury).
10. If the accused has never before been convicted of crime, the sentence is
… (not likely to be severe; is very severe; is lenient, unless the crime is
one of violence).
Ex. 5. Put questions to the words in bold type.
1. Rafael asked a lot of questions about law in Great Britain. 2. In England a
person accused of crime must always be supposed innocent until he has been
proved guilty. 3. The prisoner was accused of robbing a bank. 4. The jury
had three stories to listen to. 5. Two of the jury were small shopkeepers, one
was a motor mechanic, another was a school teacher. 6. The prosecuting
counsel called his witnesses. 7. The judge objects to so called leading
questions. 8. Leading questions are allowed in cross-examination.
9. Witnesses in court swear an oath. 10. The judge does the summing up.
11. The members of the jury have to decide only the questions of fact.
12. The police may have records to show that the accused is a habitual
criminal.
KEY STRUCTURES AND WORD STUDY
Ex. 6. Give the four forms of the following verbs.
Find, strike, bear, win, lose, lead, cry, shoot, die, hold, sit, fight, swear,
supply.
Ex. 7. Insert prepositions and adverbs wherever necessary.
1. We read … our papers … trials … the law courts, but few law-abiding
citizens are experts … the subject. 2. You asked me to tell you how criminal
trials in England differ … criminal trials in Europe. 3. In England a person
accused … crime must always be supposed innocent until he has been proved
136
guilty. 4. Last month I served … a member … the jury … an important
criminal trial. 5. We had three stories to listen … . 6. First there was the story
told … the counsel … the prosecution. 7. … «counsel» we mean the barrister
or barristers employed … either side. 8. The witnesses can say what they
know only … answer … questions. 9. The judge presiding … the trial always
objects … what are called «leading questions», questions that suggest answers
instead … asking … information. 10. Every witness must, before he goes …
the witness box, swear an oath, … his hand … the Bible. 11. There are quite a
lot … people … England who think that twelve ordinary men and women are
not capable … understanding properly all the evidence given … criminal
trials. 12. Our judges are experts … summing … the evidence. 13. The judge,
… the case I am writing …, called our attention … all the important points …
the evidence, and … the speeches made … the counsel … both sides. 14. The
judge told us what crime the accused would be guilty …, if the evidence
supplied … the prosecution was true. 15. The guilt … an accused man must
be proved … reasonable doubt. 16. The information … the prisoner’s past
record … crime is given … the verdict so that the judge may know better
what sentence to pass … the accused. 17. First offenders are treated …
sympathy.
Ex. 8. a) Fill in the blanks with the verbs «to bring», «to fetch», «to
take», «to carry» in the required form.
Note: the verb to bring indicates direction towards the speaker;
to fetch indicates direction away from the speaker, getting an
object and then bringing it back to the speaker;
to take indicates direction away from the speaker;
to carry does not indicate direction
1. The autumn came and … with it heavy clouds and rains. 2. I have … home
several magazines. «Look them through tonight», I said to my sister, «because
I must … them to the library tomorrow». 3. Please, … an extra chair from the
room next door. 4. « … an umbrella, the weather may change.» «But I always
… it in my bag.» 5. Tell him to go away and … his dog with him. 6. We had a
lot of things to …, and he offered to … a taxi. 7. Jim arrived and … Mary in
his car. 8. I’m sorry I’ve … you here. The climate is not good for you. 9. She
was … a suit-case in her hand. 10. The guide … us to the museum and then
showed us other sights of that wonderful town. 11. Please, … the letter to the
mail-box.
b) Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
137
1.Заходи ко мне сегодня, Аня обещала принести интересные журналы.
2. Почему он всегда таскает с собой этот старый портфель? 3. В
аудитории не хватает стульев. Вам придется принести несколько из
соседней. 4. Идет сильный дождь. Если кто-нибудь не сбегает за такси,
мы опоздаем. 5. Когда мы приедем в Лондон, Джорж обещал отвести нас
в Букингемский дворец. 6. Мне так не хочется таскать с собой зонт
сегодня. Надеюсь, дождя не будет. 7. Новый день не принес никаких
перемен. 8. Мой брат обещал отвести меня в аэропорт. 9. Не мог бы ты
сделать мне одолжение? Принеси, пожалуйста, из библиотеки словарь.
10. Мэри каждый день отводит в школу свою младшую сестру.
Ex. 9. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. Use the correct form.
order v; n, fight v, lead v, accuse, allow, court, evidence, distance (3), attempt
(2) n, active, supply, attend, bring in, free (2), freedom, except
1. Have you ever had a chance … a criminal trial? 2. … of speech is one of
democratic rights. 3. We expect the youth of the country to take an … part in
social life. 4. You don’t have to pay for the booklets, they are … . 5. Our task
was to see to it that the refugees were … with warm clothes and medicine. 6.
The prisoner was … of stealing from a department store. 7. He was taken to
… three times in his life and was always found ‘Not Guilty’. 8. You may
speak English. Everyone understands it here … Maurice. But he will read the
report. 9. Every witness is … in before he gives evidence in court. 10. His
business affairs are always in perfect … . 11. This year another … was made
to reach the top of Mt Everest. The party was … by an Englishman. The
expedition ended tragically: one of the climbers froze to death. 12. The
defendant doesn’t have to prove his …, the counsel for the prosecution must
prove his … . 13. “Was he … with murder?” “He was … with manslaughter.”
14. Was he … for theft or robbery? 15. You should be … to him. This time he
is not to blame. 16. After the judge sums up, the jury … … the verdict. 17. I
wonder if the evidence … by the prosecution is true. 18. No one is … to call
the prisoner ‘the murderer’ or ‘the thief’ until he has been found guilty.
19. The jury must listen to all the … presented in court. 20. His son is afraid
of all dogs … my little puppy Julie.
Ex. 10. Use derivatives instead of nouns in bold type. Make other
necessary changes.
1. I’d like to hear them tell us what reception they were given by the local
public. 2. It was very kind of you to send us an invitation to your party. 3. He
was listening to my story with great attention. 4. I have great admiration for
138
the activity and energy of the manager. 5. Whose invention is the radio?
6. It’s never too early to start preparations for the coming contest. 7. I failed
to finish the translation on time, there were too many interruptions. 8. They
haven’t met since graduation. 9. You didn’t really see the light go up in the
empty house – it was only imagination. 10. I have nothing to say in addition
to what has already been said.
Ex. 11. Use verbs with the suffix ‘-en’ instead of adjectives and nouns in
brackets.
a) 1. He … his steps when he saw the train approaching the station (quick).
2. Long coats are not worn this year, you must … yours (short). 3. The sky
was slowly … in the East (bright). 4. Travelling … the mind (broad). 5. What
does the expression ‘to … the pill’ mean? (sweet) 6. Our street is being …
(wide). 7. His face … when he saw schoolchildren with flowers hurrying to
meet him (soft).
b) 8. They met at college first and as years went by their friendship …
(strength). 9. She is a girl of fashion, she was the first to … her skirt (length).
10. Something … the child and he ran crying toward his mother (fright).
Ex. 12. Paraphrase the following, using adjectives from the list and
making all necessary changes.
thankless, truthful, hopeless, careful, careless, helpless, useful, joyless, joyful
1. He has never told a lie in his life. 2. This driver always breaks the traffic
rules. 3. She is quite unable to do anything in the situation. 4. The tea party
was great fun. 5. The football team lost the game and their journey home was
sad and gloomy. 6. He never spends money on useless things. 7. The material
you gave me helped a lot. 8. The wound was fatal and there was no hope for
the man. 9. He hated doing a job that nobody paid much attention to and for
which he would never be thanked.
Ex. 13. Translate the following into English, using a different phrasal
verb in each.
go on (2), move on, work on, drive on, walk on, swim on
1. Туристы продолжали идти. Им еще предстоял долгий путь.
2. Поезжайте дальше, а в конце улицы поверните налево.
3. «Проходите, не задерживайтесь!» – кричали полицейские. 4. Я
139
крикнул ему, чтобы предупредить об опасности, но он плыл дальше и
дальше. 5. «Продолжайте»: – сказал профессор. 6. Он был спокоен, так
как знал, что даже если ему придется уехать, работа будет
продолжаться. 7. У него было немало неудач и разочарований, но он
продолжал работать.
Ex. 14. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Ты случайно не знаешь, какое расстояние между Москвой и
Петербургом? 2. Куда ведет эта дорога? 3. Преступник был обвинен в
ограблении банка и предстал (to face) перед судом. 4. Он выступил в
суде как свидетель обвинения и дал очень ценные показания. 5. В этой
войне пострадало много невинных людей. 6. В воскресенье детей
обещали отвести в зоопарк. 7. Мисс Смит всегда носит документы в
этой сумке. 8. Нашей задачей было обеспечить беженцев (refugees)
питьевой водой, питанием и медикаментами. 9. Он живёт в одной
комнате со студентом из Южной Кореи. 10. Во время судебного
процесса всех свидетелей обязательно приводят к присяге. 11. После
вынесения присяжными вердикта о его виновности, полиция
предоставила сведения о его прошлом. 12. В чем его обвиняют?
13. Пожалуйста, принесите из соседней аудитории два словаря. 14. Хотя
они очень устали, они шли все дальше и дальше. 15. У него был какой-то
виноватый взгляд. 16. Владелец дома приказал закрыть все окна и
запереть все двери. 17. Мы узнали адреса всех наших бывших (former)
одноклассников, за исключением адреса Петра. 18. Нам сказали, что
если мы купим три книги, то получим четвертую бесплатно. 19. Если ты
не будешь посещать занятия, тебе будет трудно догнать группу. 20. Как
ты думаешь, это справедливо, что он отказался помочь нам после того,
как мы помогли ему и выручили его из беды.
LANGUAGE WORK
Ex. 15. Study the following example:
Example: Nick was working very hard. He went for a walk to clear his head.
“What did he stop doing?” – “He stopped working.”
“Why did he stop?” – “He stopped to go for a walk.”
I. Steve was working a few minutes ago. Now he is having a rest.
1. What did he stop doing a few minutes ago?
2. What did he stop to do?
140
II.
His lunch break is at 12 noon.
1. What does he stop doing at 12 noon?
2. What does he stop to do at 12 noon?
III. Imagine he can hear a radio when he is eating. Suddenly someone on the
radio says «Ladies and gentlemen. Here is a very important announcement».
1. What do you think the man would probably stop doing?
2. What would he probably stop to do?
IV. If you were in the middle of an English lesson and suddenly heard an
explosion outside,
1. what would you probably stop doing?
2. what would you probably stop to do?
Ex. 16. Explain what he/she stopped in each of the following situations,
and why.
1. Sally and Tom were driving to Scotland. On the way they had a meal.
(What did they stop? Why did they stop?) 2. The professor was giving a
lecture. At one point, he drank a glass of water. (What did he stop? Why did
he stop?) 3. The secretary was typing. Then the telephone rang. And she got
up and answered it. (What did she stop? Why did she stop?) 4. The man
hurried down the street. He stood still for a moment while he lit a cigarette.
(What did he stop? Why did he stop?) 5. Peter was travelling round the world.
He spent a week in Mexico because he got married there. (What did he stop?
Why did he stop?)
Ex. 17. Translate the following sentences into English, using «stop to do»
or «stop doing».
1. Они остановились, чтобы посмотреть на карту. 2. Джейн перестала
читать и посмотрела на меня. 3. Перестаньте так смотреть на нее, ей это
неприятно. 4. Они остановились на улице, чтобы поговорить.
5. «Перестаньте разговаривать», – сказал преподаватель. 6. Она
остановилась, чтобы передохнуть.
PHRASAL VERB “KEEP”
away
down
not allow to come near
a keep at a low level
b control, restrict freedom
141
KEEP
off
stay away from
on … (+ ing)
continue
to
not go away from something
up with
inform yourself of the latest
news
Ex. 18. Match the two halves of each dialogue
1. I’m afraid of getting bitten by
mosquitoes.
2. How did you manage to sell more
than you competitors?
3. Why does Jane buy so many
fashion magazines?
4. I wonder why Peter called you
rude.
5. What does that notice say?
6. Can I ask you a personal question?
7. What is the latest news?
A. She says she wants to keep up
with the latest fashions.
B. He wanted to talk to me but I kept
on working and refused to listen.
C. “Keep off the grass”.
D. Take this cream. It’s supposed to
keep them away.
E. Our discussion time is limited, so
we must keep to the subject
F. We keep our prices down when
they put theirs up.
G. They used the army to keep the
people down.
Ex. 19. Replace the words in italics with a suitable phrasal verb with keep
in its correct form.
down (3)
off
up with (2)
keep
on
to
away (2)
Example: He didn’t conceal anything from you, did he?
He didn’t keep back anything from you, did he?
1. The secretary had to suppress her irritation though her boss was no doubt
being rude to her.
2. Mother told her son not to play with his class-mates because she
considered them to be bad company for him.
142
3. The Smiths bought a new car because they didn’t want to look worse
than their neighbours.
4. If we keep low prices, we won’t lose the customers.
5. I haven’t found a job yet but I’m going to continue trying.
6. The spray should protect us from flies.
7. He always buys The Financial Times to know the business news.
8. Stay on the path and you won’t get your shoes muddy.
9. He used a wave of terror to suppress the entire population.
10.People using the park are requested not to step on the grass.
Ex. 20. Put in the correct prepositions or adverbs.
1. He wanted to talk to me but I kept … working and refused to listen.
2. She is a good secretary but she is kept … by her ignorance of
languages.
3. The country was in a state of rebellion and was only kept … by
repressive measures.
4. I had to keep … walking in spite of the blisters. (мозоли)
5. His own watch was broken and he kept … asking her the time.
6. I do try to keep … with the latest developments.
7. The government is not doing enough to keep food prices … .
8. I told the children to keep… … the room that was being painted.
9. I have started getting up at five a.m. to study but I don’t know if I can
keep this … .
10. The man walked so fast that the child couldn’t keep … … him.
11. He was kept … in his research by lack of money.
Ex. 21. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Нам с трудом удалось сдержать удивление, когда мы узнали эти
новости.
2. Я видел, что она с трудом сдерживает слезы.
3. Держись подальше от этой собаки, она может укусить.
4. Ей так хотелось быть не хуже других на вечеринке, что она
купила очень дорогое платье, хотя вряд ли могла себе это
позволить.
5. Некоторые считают, что хранить старые традиции – это очень
важно.
6. Чтобы быть хорошим профессионалом, нужно быть в курсе
последних достижений (developments)
READING I
143
Below you see the story of an extraordinary case in British legal
history. The affair started in 1949 and was finally closed in 1966.
At the moment, there are a number of gaps in the story. Use the words
below to complete it. Look up the meanings of the words you don’t know in
the dictionary.
trial
convicted
arrested
pardon
suspect
confessed
enquiry (2)
innocent
judges
tried
court
sentenced
charged
plea
executed
custody
jury
appeal
apprehended
statements
guilty
execution
dropped
hunt
denied
The story began when a man called Timothy Evans was … for the murder
of his wife and baby. He was … with the double murder, but a short time later
one of the charges was … and he was … for the murder of his daughter only.
During the … Evans accused the man whose house he had been living in,
John Christie, of the crimes, but no attention was paid to him. The … found
Evans … and he was … to death. An … was turned down and he was … in
1950.
Some time later, more women’s bodies were discovered in Christie’s
house: two, three, four, five, six. John Christie was the police’s chief … and
they started a nationwide … for him. He was soon … . Alleged … by Christie
while he was in … cast doubt on the Evans hanging. When he went to …,
Christie … that he had murdered Mrs. Evans, but in private it was said that he
… to that crime. His … of insanity with regard to other murders was rejected
and he was … of killing his wife.
Soon afterwards there was an … into the … of Timothy Evans. The …
decided that justice had been done and Evans had been rightly hanged. It was
only in 1966 that another … was set up. This time it was decided that Evans
had probably been … and was given a free … . Better late than never, as they
say.
QUIZ
Now a quiz on some points of law – English style. The answers may well
be different in your country. Simply answer the questions Yes or No. The
answers according to English law are printed at the end of the quiz.
1. Is it a crime to try and kill yourself?
2. Is it illegal to help somebody to commit suicide?
3. Can you be executed for murdering a policeman?
144
4. If, after a murder, all the victim’s relatives plead: «Please don’t
prosecute!» can charges against the suspected culprit (преступник)
be dropped?
5. If two armed thieves break into a house, guns in hand, and one of
them shoots and kills the house-owner, is his accomplice guilty of
murder?
6. If I surprise an intruder in my lounge at night stealing my millions,
have I a legal right to assault him with a weapon?
7. If I set a trap – a fifty-kilo weight just above the front door – for any
burglars who might try and enter the house, am I breaking the law?
8. After a divorce or legal separation, can a wife be required to pay
alimony to her ex-husband?
9. If I promise to marry my girlfriend and then change my mind shortly
before the wedding, can she take me to court?
10. If you said to your teacher in the middle of one of his lessons: «You
don’t know the first thing about teaching!» could he bring a civil
action against you?
11. Would I be in danger of committing an offence if I put an
advertisement for my school in the paper saying: «Male white teacher
required»?
12. If, as a defendant (or the accused), I am not satisfied with the way my
barrister has handled my defence, can I sue him?
13. If you were in my house – uninvited – and the ceiling, which had had
a large crack in it for some time, caved in and broke your leg, would it
be a good idea to consult your solicitor?
14. Can a person suspected of and charged with rape be allowed bail?
Answers
1.
2.
3.
4.
No, not any more.
Yes, even mercy-killing (euthanasia) is against the law.
No. Capital punishment was abolished in the 1960s.
No. Murder is a crime against society (this involves criminal law) and
not just a civil matter between individuals.
5. Yes. Joint guilt. In the eyes of the law, both are guilty.
6. No – at least, only in self-defence.
7. Yes.
8. Yes.
9. No, not now. Some years ago she could have sued me for breach of
promise.
10. Yes, he could claim it was slander. He probably wouldn’t, though
because of the legal costs.
145
11. Yes, because of the Sex Discrimination Act and the Race
Discrimination Act.
12. No.
13. Yes. You could sue me for negligence and I would probably have to
pay damages.
14. Yes.
READING II
Pre-reading task:
Discuss in pairs if we should be hard or soft on young criminals. Should we
throw them into prison, or should we try to understand and help them?
TEENAGE KILLERS FREE AFTER 5 MONTHS
by Cherry Norman
The parents of 12-year old Louise Allen, who was killed last year, have
reacted with horror to the news that her killers are to be released on the
anniversary of her death.
Louise was kicked to death by two girls who were fighting. A fourth girl
joined in, thinking the fight had become a two-against-one affair.
Louise was attacked and kicked repeatedly, once while lying motionless on
the ground. She died the next day.
The teenagers were convicted of manslaughter in December, and given a
two-year custodial sentence.
The original charge of murder was dropped after extensive negotiations
involving the police, defence lawyers and Louise’s parents.
The girls will be released on April 30, just five months after being
convicted – the term is based on a 12-month reduction for good behaviour and
seven months spent in custody before the trial.
Louise’s mother said she could not believe they were going to be released
on the first anniversary of Louise’s death.
She will visit her grave on Wednesday with her ex-husband John and
Louise’s brothers, John, 12, and Dean, 2. The family intends to put flowers in
the red and white of Manchester United, her favourite football team, on the
grave.
THE SUNDAY TIMES
Ex. 22. Which of these headlines would be suitable for the article?
Explain your choice.
146
a) Shock at 12-year-old girl’s death.
b) Anger at early release of killers.
c) Louise: murder charge dropped.
Ex. 23. Correct these sentences.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Five girls were involved in the fight.
The girls were found guilty of murder.
When they were arrested, they were charged with manslaughter.
Because of good behaviour, their sentence was reduced by a year
and a half.
e) They will be released just two years after the crime.
f) The family will put flowers at the place where Louise died.
Ex. 24. Here are some of the sentences possible in an English court.
SENTENCE
Community service
Fines
Probation
Suspended prison sentence
Prison
What does it mean?
You have to do a period (eg.100
hours) of unpaid work in hospitals /
old people’s homes
You pay money to the court
You have to stay out of trouble.
Once a week you visit a «probation
officer», who asks about your
behavior
You
don’t
go
to
prison
immediately, eg. a six-month
sentence suspended for one year»
means if you behave well for one
year, you are free. If you do
something wrong, you go to prison
for six months
You go for a fixed period (ranging
from a very short period to «life»)
Now look at these cases. If you were a judge, what sentence would you give
to these people? Choose from the chart, give full details (eg. a £1000 fine / 3
years in prison / one year on probation) and discuss your decision (s).
a) 18-year old Miranda worked in a shoe-shop. She lost her job when she
stole £92 from the shop.
b) Nigel is 38. He drank a bottle of wine and then drove home. He had a
car accident and killed a 13-year old boy.
147
c) Kevin, 15, was caught traveling on the train without a ticket. The
correct ticket would have cost £1.75.
d) Stacey, aged 22, was caught selling marijuana at a disco. At her flat
about 50 grams of the drug were found (value: around £250).
e) Dean, 17, broke the window of a new Mercedes and stole a mobile
phone and four CDs.
f) Samira is 32. She killed her husband with a knife when he was asleep.
He had been very cruel and violent with her for more than 10 years, and
he often had girlfriends.
READING III
LEGAL ANECDOTES
A prominent Canberra barrister, Ian Byrne, appeared for an Italian who
was seeking worker’s compensation for an injury which he claimed he
received at work.
It was alleged on his behalf that he had difficulty in moving, bending and
even walking. He could not lift any heavy article, nor could he indulge in his
hobbies of gardening and tennis. So severe was the injury that he was
practically housebound.
Prior to the trial the respondent insurance company engaged a loss assessor
to follow the applicant Italian, photograph him when he was unaware, and
report with a view to giving evidence at the trial.
Eventually the application came on for hearing. Ian Byrne put his client
(whom I shall call Bruno) in the witness box. He told his story of pain and
suffering. He showed that he had severe limitation of movement and could
not bend or carry weights because of his unfortunate injury.
At the end of the examination Ian Byrne’s opponent, a somewhat
inexperienced Counsel, sprang to his feet, enthusiasm gleaming in his eyes,
and said ‘Your Worship, I have here nearly 350 metres of film which shows
the man Bruno bricklaying, lifting weights, concreting, working on his own
house and even running.
The film was run. It showed the applicant running, making a brick wall,
carrying bricks, picking up slabs of concrete, climbing up and down ladders,
digging in the garden and running behind a lawnmower. Further, it showed
him wearing a red cardigan which he was wearing in the witness box. At the
finish of the screening the enthusiastic Counsel for the insurance company
commenced his cross-examination.
‘You saw the film?’
‘Yes’, said Bruno.
‘There is nothing wrong with your back at all, is there?’
148
‘Yes’, said Bruno. ‘Everything that I said before is true. That was not me
in the picture. That was my brother’.
‘But’, exploded Counsel. That was your house, wasn’t it?’
‘Yeah’, said Bruno.
‘And the same cardigan you’ve got on today is the one shown in the film?’
‘Yeah’, said Bruno. ‘I lent it to my brother. He is very good to me. He
helps me round the house, he paints, he cements the paths, he mows the
lawns’.
‘But’, said learned Counsel, ‘His Worship has seen the film and he knows
it is you.’
‘It is not me. It’s my brother.’
‘In it’s due course Ian Byrne called the brother, and when he walked into
Court it was obvious to all that he was the identical twin of the applicant; and
after a few questions it was obvious that he was the one in the film doing all
the physical acts.
The angry Counsel for the defendant had the applicant recalled and said to
him: ‘You have tried to deceive the Court. You and your brother knew he was
being photographed.’
‘Yes’, said the applicant ‘we thought it was funny.’
(From The Oxford Book Of Legal Anecdotes)
Ex. 25. a) Decide which is the best title for the text above:
1) It pays to do your homework.
2) Crime doesn’t pay.
3) Honesty is the best policy.
b) Work with a partner and answer these questions:
1) Why was Bruno in court?
2) Why was he photographed?
3) What didn’t the lawyer who was representing the insurance company
know?
4) How do you think he felt when Bruno’s brother walked into the
courtroom?
LAW AND ORDER
The police
149
They (always plural: The police are…) do a number of things. When
someone commits a crime (= breaks the law and does something
wrong/illegal/against the law) the police must investigate (= try to find out
what happened/who is responsible). If they find the person responsible for the
crime, they arrest them (take them to the police station). At the police station
they question them (= ask them questions to find out what they know) and if
they are sure the person committed the crime, the person is charged with the
crime (= the police make an official statement that they believe the person
committed the crime). The person must then go to court for trial.
The court
In court, the person charged with the crime (now called the defendant or
accused) must try to prove (= provide facts to show something is true) that
they did not commit the crime; in other words prove that they are innocent
(not guilty). The jury listens to all the evidence (= information about the
crime, for and against the defendant) and then makes their decision.
Punishment
If the defendant is convicted of the crime (= the jury decides that the
defendant is guilty), the judge will give him the sentence (= the punishment).
For example, if a person is convicted of murder, the sentence will be many
years in prison. The person then becomes a prisoner, and the room they live
in is called a cell. For crimes that are not serious (often called minor
offences, e.g. illegal parking), the punishment is usually a fine (= money you
have to pay).
Ex. 26. Put this story in the correct order.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
they found both men guilty
and charged them both with the robbery
£10,000 was stolen from a bank in the High Street.
After the jury had listened to all the evidence
They were sent to prison for seven years.
The trial took place two months later.
and they finally arrested two men.
They questioned them at the police station.
The police questioned a number of people about the crime.
Ex. 27. Answer the questions.
1. Who investigates crimes?
150
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Who sentences people?
Who live in cells?
Who decides if someone is innocent or guilty?
Who defend people and present evidence?
Who commit crimes?
Ex. 28. Fill the gaps with suitable words.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
I have never …………. the law and ………….. a crime.
In Britain it is ………………. the law to drive a car without insurance.
If you park illegally you will have to pay a ………………. .
The police were fairly sure the man committed the crime, but they
knew it would be difficult to ……………. it in court.
The jury must decide if the accused is innocent or …………… .
In order to reach their decision, the jury must listen carefully to the
……………. .
If the accused is …………… of murder, the …………… may be at
least ten years in prison.
He has been in trouble with the police once before, but it was only a
minor ……… .
Ex. 29. Read this short story, then write down your response to the
questions below, based on your knowledge of the law in your country.
Two fifteen-year-old boys broke into a house in the middle of the day
when the owner was out, and took money and jewellery worth about Ј900.
The owner reported the crime to the police when he returned home at 6 p.m.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Will the police investigate this crime?
How will they investigate? What will they do?
Do you think the police will catch the two boys?
If they do, what crime will they be charged with?
Can the boys be sent to prison?
What do you think the sentence would be? Do you think this is the
correct sentence?
Discuss your answers with your partner.
CRIME
Against the law
151
If you do something illegal (= wrong/against the law), then you have
committed a crime. Most people commit a crime at some time in their lives,
e.g. driving above the speed limit, parking illegally, steeling sweets from a
shop when they were children, etc.
Crimes
Crime
Criminal (= person)
Verb
theft (= general word for stealing)
thief
steal (also take)
robbery (= steal from people or places)
robber
rob
burglary (= break into a shop/house and
steal things)
burglar
burgle/break into
shoplifting (= steal from shop when open)
shoplifter
shoplift
murder (= kill someone by intention)
murderer
murder
manslaughter (= kill someone by accident)
-
-
rape (= force someone to have sex)
rapist
rape
Crime prevention
What can government do to fight crime (take actions to stop crime)? These
things happen in some countries, although many people may think they are
not a good idea.
Police carry (= have) guns.
Police are allowed to (= are permitted to) stop anyone in the street and
question them.
The courts give tougher punishments for crimes committed then in the past
(e.g. bigger fines or longer prison sentences than in the past).
There is capital punishment (= death, e.g. by electric chair or hanging) for
some crimes.
What can individuals do to prevent a crime from happening (stop a crime
happening)?
Here are things some people do to protect themselves and their property (=
home and land), although you may not think they are all a good idea.
152
Don’t walk along dark streets late at night (e.g. midnight) on your own
(alone).
Lock all doors and windows when you go out.
Don’t wear expensive jewellery.
Leave lights on at home when you go out.
Fit (= install) a burglar alarm (= a machine which makes a noise if someone
enters your home).
Make sure your money is safe, e.g. wear a money belt.
Carry a mace spray. (This is a chemical and if you spray it in someone’s face,
it is very unpleasant. In some countries you are allowed to carry this type of
spray).
Keep money and valuables (= valuable possessions) in a safe (a strong metal
box, which is very difficult to open or break).
Keep a gun in your house for self-defence (= to protect yourself if someone
attacks you).
Ex. 30. Organize the words in the box into three groups: crimes, people,
and places.
murder
thief
prison
barrister
burglar
cell
criminal
manslaughter
judge
prisoner
robbery
shoplifting
court
rape
jury
police station
Ex. 31. Respond to these statements or questions confirming the crime in
each one.
1. A: He broke into the house, didn’t he?
B: Yes, he has been charged with ……. .
2. A: He killed his wife?
B: Yes, he’s been charged with……… .
3. A: She stole clothes and jewellery from the department store, didn’t
she?
B: Yes, and she’s been ……………. .
4. A: The man on the motorbike didn’t mean to kill the boy.
B: No, but he has been charged …………….. .
5. A: He took the money from the bag?
B: Yes, but they caught him and he’s been ……………. .
Ex. 32. How safe and secure you are? Answer these questions, yes or no.
1. Do you often walk in areas which are not very safe?
153
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
yes=1 no=0
Do you often walk on your own in these areas late at night?
yes=2 no=0
Do you wear a money belt when you go out?
yes=0 no=1
Do you wear an expensive watch or expensive jewelry?
yes=1 no=0
Do you check doors and windows before you go out when your home is
empty?
yes=0 no=2
Do you have a burglar alarm?
yes=0 no=1
Do you leave lights on when you go out?
yes=0 no=1
Is there someone who protects the building while you are out?
yes=0 no=2
Do you have a safe in your home?
yes=0 no=1
Now add up your score: less than 3 = very, very safe; 3-5 = quite safe; 6-8 =
you could take a lot more care; more than 8 = you are a dangerous person to
know!
Ex. 33. Fill in the gaps in these questions with a suitable word.
1. Do you think the police should ……………… guns?
2. Do you think the police should be …………… to stop and question people
without a special reason?
3. Do you agree with capital ……………. for certain crimes such as murder?
4. Do you think it should be legal for people to carry a mace ………….?
5. Do you think people should be allowed to use a gun or knife in self……….?
6. Do you think tougher punishment will help to ……………. crime?
What is your opinion on these questions? Discuss them with your partner.
GRAMMAR. MODAL VERBS OF LOGICAL ASSUMPTIONS
Modal verbs can express the speaker’s certainty about facts of life,
either in the present / future or in the past. The degree of this certainty varies
from 95% to 50% and less and is expressed by different modal verbs.
154
Depending on the situation modal verbs in this meaning can be followed by
different forms of the Infinitive.
95%
MUST
He must be at University.
(= I’m sure he is at University.)
Должно быть, он в университете.
He must be having lunch.
(= Probably he is having lunch.)
Наверное, он обедает.
He must have come from work.
(= Evidently he has come from work.)
Вероятно, он пришел с работы.
He must have been working since morning.
(= Obviously he has been working since morning)
Очевидно, он работает с утра.
He must be dismissed / have been dismissed.*
(= I’m sure he is / has been / was dismissed.)
Должно быть, он уволен / его уволили.
CAN’T
He can’t be a student. He is too young.
(= It’s impossible that he is a student.)
Не может быть, чтобы он был студентом.
She can’t be enjoying herself. Her eyes are so sad.
(= I don’t believe she is enjoying herself.)
Не может быть, чтобы ей было весело.
The article can’t have been translated.
(= It’s impossible that the article has been translated.)
Не может быть, чтобы статья была переведена.
She can’t have been waiting since morning.
(= I don’t believe she has been waiting since morning.)
Не может быть, что она ждет с утра.
155
He can’t have failed to notice us.
(= It’s impossible that he didn’t notice us.)
Не может быть, чтобы он нас не заметил.
50%
MAY (NOT) / MIGHT (NOT) / CAN / COULD
She may come tomorrow.
(= Maybe she will come tomorrow.)
Возможно, она приедет завтра.
He might be willing to study here.
(= Perhaps he is willing to study here.)
Возможно, он хочет учиться здесь.
They could have returned.
(= It’s possible that they have returned.)
Может быть, они уже вернулись.
They may have been waiting since morning.
(= Maybe they have been waiting since morning.)
Возможно, они ждут с утра.
Dinner might not have been cooked yet.
(= Maybe dinner hasn’t been cooked yet.)
Возможно, обед еще не готов.
There can have been an earthquake.
(= It’s possible that there has been an earthquake.)
Возможно, произошло землетрясение.
*NOTE: Negative
assumptions with must are possible only through words
negative in meaning, e.g.
They must have had no books on this subject.
Очевидно, у них не было книг по этому предмету.
She must be displeased. – Должно быть, она недовольна.
They must have been unable to do it. = They must have failed to do it.
Очевидно, они не смогли это сделать.
Ex. 34. Translate the following sentences into Russian.
156
1. He can’t have resigned from his post. 2. I must have lost my passport.
3. They may be hiding somewhere. 4. She must be unaware of the
consequences. Otherwise, she would have done something. 5. They can’t be
on their way to Rome. The flight has been cancelled. 6. They must have
failed to finish the work in time. 7. He might have been arrested by now.
8. The air traffic controllers can’t be on strike! That would ruin our plans!
9. What is he doing now? – He must be running for Governor. 10. She might
not know where they’ve gone. 11. He must be treated by Dr. Jones.
12. – Where’s John? – He might be having lunch with his counterpart. 13.
She must have been feeling unwell for a few days. She’s been staying away
from work. 14. They can’t have collected all the evidence yet. 15. The
investigation may have already been completed. 16. He might not want to
work in a team. 17. They must have disagreed about the agenda of the
conference. 18. They jury may find him guilty. 19. He can’t have pleaded
guilty. 20. He may be serving his second term in prison. 21. He must have
been charged with manslaughter. Otherwise the verdict could have been
much more severe. 22. You must have misunderstood me. 23. Can they have
mistaken you for your brother?
Ex. 35. Paraphrase using modal verbs.
1. I’m sure they’re taking their English exam now. 2. Maybe he’s lost his job.
3. It’s impossible that he’s been awarded the first prize. 3. Perhaps they’re
still waiting for us. 4. I don’t believe that he’s done it. 5. Is it possible that he
has been in office for three successive terms? 6. Maybe he hasn’t been
acquitted. 7. Evidently, they’ve been working on this problem for the past two
weeks. 8. I’m sure he’ll be promoted soon. 9. Perhaps she doesn’t like
chocolate. 10. It’s impossible that she doesn’t like chocolate. 11. Maybe
they’ll go to Cyprus for their holiday. 12. I don’t believe she’s booked boat
tickets. She’s always been sea-sick. 13. They’re obviously trying to prove the
man’s innocence. 14. Is it possible that they failed to collect enough evidence
to prove him guilty? 15. I don’t believe that he didn’t obey the teachers. He’s
always been so well-behaved. 16. Maybe she’ll take up the history of art at
University. 17. I don’t think he’s finished his graduation paper. He’s been
refusing to go out lately. 18. Is it possible that they are still translating this
article? 19. Evidently they couldn’t answer all the questions. 20. I’m sure
there was no break-through in their discussion.
Ex. 36. Pairwork. Make logical assumptions from the following facts.
Model: His arm is on a sling.
157
- He must have fallen.
- He might have been skiing.
- He can’t have been swimming,
1. He left the office in a hurry.
2. There are tears running down her cheeks.
3. He is yawning all the time in class.
4. That man’s been staring at us for the last five minutes.
5. My boss has asked me to do the same job again.
6. When I came to the door of my flat I found it open.
7. He was late for class today.
8. What’s that noise? Why is the chandelier swinging?
9. He’s stopped wearing casual clothes and is always well-dressed and tidy.
10. He’s stopped eating fast food and has taken up jogging.
Ex. 37. Read the following report of a crime. Make logical assumptions
with modal verbs about the crime. The questions below may help you.
There was a break-in at Cratchett Manor last night. The thief stole
£7,500 from a wall safe. “The Black Cat Strikes Again” was written on the
wall. The thief left behind a Lanstable portrait worth £500,000 which had
been covering the safe, and broke a £200,000 Ming vase as well. The door
was locked from the outside, and there was a remnant of a sandwich, a
magazine Woman’s Own, a cigarette-box and three fag-ends on the table
which was empty the previous evening. There was a drill lying in the corner.
The unplugged electric clock showed 3 o’clock. The window was open and
there were dirty footprints leading from the windowsill across another table
at the window to the safe. The pieces of the broken vase were on and under
that table.
The thief left a variety of clues. What can you guess about the thief?
What sex? How tall? How much knowledge of antiques? Smoking habits?
Is this the first robbery of this type in the area? How was the safe opened?
At what time? How did the thief get in? Was the thief there a long time?
What did the thief do while in the house? Did the thief leave in a hurry?
How did the vase get broken, etc.?
Ex. 38. Translate into English using modal verbs must, can’t, may, might,
can, could.
1. Может быть, Америка была впервые открыта древними египтянами,
ирландцами или китайцами. 2. Должно быть, он изучает арабский язык с
158
детства. Он очень хорошо говорит на нем. 3. Не может быть, чтобы она
сейчас была на этой вечеринке. У нее завтра экзамен. 4. Может ли такое
быть, что они уже вынесли приговор? 5. Возможно, они согласятся на
наши условия. 6. Вероятно, она не смогла дозвониться Вам.(!) 7. Не
может быть, чтобы он женился в таком раннем возрасте. 8. Должно
быть, они не знакомы.(!) 9. Может быть, они все это время ждут нас у
метро. 10. Очевидно, он понял ваши слова буквально. 11. Может быть,
приговор будет вынесен завтра. 12. Не может быть, чтобы такого
преступника оправдали. 13. Должно быть, вчера не было лекции. (!)
MODAL VERBS OF COMMENTS AND CRITICISM.
Modal verbs could / might , should / shouldn’t, ought to / oughtn’t to
are used to comment on somebody’s actions or behaviour in the present or in
the past and express the speaker’s regret, reproach, disapproval or criticism,
e.g.
You could / might be more polite to your grandpa. (reproach,
disapproval)
(= You are impolite to your grandpa.)
Ты мог бы быть более вежливым с дедушкой.
They could / might have asked us for advice. (reproach, disapproval)
(= They didn’t ask us for advice.)
Они могли бы попросить у нас совета.
He shouldn’t be spending all his time on the beach. (= He is spending
all his time on the beach.) He ought to be studying for his exam. (= He
isn’t studying for his exam.) (criticism, disapproval)
Ему не следует все время проводить на пляже. Он должен бы
готовиться к экзамену.
I shouldn’t / oughtn’t to have told you about this. It’s supposed to be
a secret. (= I told you about this.) (regret, self-criticism)
Зря я рассказал / я не должен был рассказывать тебе об этом. Это
секрет.
Needn’t with the perfect Infinitive (needn’t have done) is used to say that a
person’s actions were a waste of effort, it was not necessary to do sth in the
past, e.g.
I needn’t have done all the exercises. (= I did / have done all the
exercises, which was not necessary)
159
Не
надо было мне делать все упражнения. Зря я сделал все
упражнения.
NOTE: Do not mix up didn’t have to do and needn’t have done. Compare:
I didn’t have to get up early. It was my day off. (= It wasn’t necessary
for me to get up early, so I didn’t do it.)
Мне не надо было рано вставать. У меня был выходной.
I needn’t have got up early. The lecture was cancelled. (= It wasn’t
necessary for me to get up early, but I did.)
Не надо было мне рано вставать. (Зря я встал рано.) Лекцию
отменили.
Ex. 39. Translate into Russian paying attention to modal verbs. What is
expressed by each sentence?
1. They could have warned us about the meeting with the famous professor.
Everybody would have attended it. 2. You really shouldn’t have left without
apologizing, you know. 3. I needn’t have watered the strawberries. It started
raining. 4. You ought to have had your car serviced. 5. He might be driving a
little slower! We are not at a motor race! 6. He shouldn’t have taken part in
that discussion. He lost his temper and spoilt everything. 7. I didn’t have to
give her a lift. She went in Bill’s car. 8. We needn’t have been in a hurry. The
flight was delayed. 9. There was an accident on the road and the traffic was
stuck. The police could have arrived sooner. 10. Don’t give in! You should
be willing to win! 11. Has John gone in my car? He might have asked
permission! 12. Tell them to stop laughing. They shouldn’t make fun of a
crippled person! 13. Look at the gloomy waiters. They could be serving
clients with friendlier faces here! 14. You needn’t have been waiting for my
call. You should have called me instead! 15. We didn’t have to wait for a
taxi. We managed to get one at once. 16. You oughtn’t to have been so angry
with your son. It wasn’t his fault. 17. I didn’t have to ask her what had
happened. She told me everything herself. 18. You could have found a
gentler way to treat the children. – Spare the rod and spoil the child. Don’t
you agree? 19. I needn’t have tidied up my room. My little brother turned it
upside down anyway. 20. The jury might have considered this case more
attentively. Some evidence was disregarded. 21. This man should have been
set free long ago. It took them a few years to find the real murderer. 22. You
might be more serious doing such an important task!
160
Ex. 40. Agree with the statements using modal verbs could / might.
Express reproach, irritation or criticism.
Model: He is so rude. – Oh, yes. He could / might be more polite.
They didn’t see us off. – Oh, yes. They could / might have seen us
off.
1. He is always so noisy!
2. He is always disturbing us! (leave sb alone)
3. She denied reading that letter. (admit)
4. They didn’t help us with the luggage.
5. He didn’t offer the old lady his seat!
6. She hasn’t apologized for her behavior yet! (by now)
7. You aren’t attentive enough!
8. The translation hasn’t been finished yet!
9. They didn’t agree about the price.
10. She didn’t look after the children.
11. She is talking for hours on end! (shut up)
12. It takes him so long to fetch the books! (long ago)
13. I wasn’t careful enough while driving.
14. He is always watching football!
15. You’re so hungry but I haven’t cooked the dinner yet.
Ex. 41. Translate into English using could / might with the proper form of
the infinitive.
1. Посуда грязная. Ты мог бы ее помыть! 2. Он опять потерпел неудачу.
Мог бы посоветоваться со мной! 3. – Извините! Я пропустил последнее
предложение. – Вы могли бы слушать более внимательно! 4. Мы ждем
гостей, а квартира в беспорядке! Вы могли бы уже все убрать! 5. Ты бы
мог терпимее относиться к сыну. Он еще ребенок! 6. Они строят свой
дом три года! Могли бы уже закончить! 7. Опять этот грохот! Ты бы мог
хотя бы иногда слушать классическую музыку! (once in a while) 8. – Ты
опять не оплатил счета! – Ты могла бы мне напомнить об этом!
9. – Процесс опять отложили! – Да, они могли бы уже выслушать всех
свидетелей! 10. – Извини, что я вчера вмешался в ваш спор. – Да уж, ты
бы вполне мог остаться в стороне! (keep away)
Ex. 42. Express your regret, disapproval or criticism in the following
situations. Use should (not) / ought (not) to with the proper form of the
infinitive.
161
Model:
You don’t look after your sick mother!
You ought to look after your sick mother!
I have left my key at home.
I shouldn’t have left my key at home!
1. He always argues with everybody.
2. She left without apologizing.
3. He has been wasting his money for the past few years.
4. The verdict was very mild.
5. He borrowed my car and crashed it!
6. I’m telling you this, though it’s supposed to be a secret.
7. She opened the letter which wasn’t addressed to her.
8. The car didn’t stop at the traffic lights!
9. Unfortunately the Emergency Exit doors were blocked.
10.I didn’t give him your regards.
11.We didn’t book the plane tickets in advance.
12.He didn’t even congratulate me on my graduation!
13.She smokes! She doesn’t think about the baby!
14.You passed by without saying “Hello”.
15.He is driving at the speed limit!
Ex. 43. Translate into English using should (not) / ought (not) to.
1. Не следует носить повседневную одежду на работу, надо выглядеть
соответствующим образом. (wear appropriate clothes) 2. Вам следовало
бы попросить разрешение, чтобы остаться дома еще на несколько дней.
Теперь у вас будут неприятности! 3. Все растения погибли, пока мы
были в отъезде. Надо было мне попросить соседей позаботиться о них!
4. Вам не следует так волноваться! Ваш сын задержался в институте.
5. Зря он женился на этой девушке! Она его бросила. 6. Не надо
постоянно перебивать других! Спокойно! 7. Все эти годы вам надо было
уделять больше внимания воспитанию своего ребенка. Вы упустили эту
возможность! 8. Надо было нам отложить обсуждение этого вопроса, а
не принимать поспешных решений! 9. Зря она ждала его все утро! Он
пошел играть в футбол с друзьями. 10. Вы не должны были рассказывать
ему все подробности! Вы все испортили!
Ex. 44. Paraphrase using didn’t have to do or needn’t have done.
Model:
story.
It wasn’t necessary to read the whole book. So we read one
162
We didn’t have to read the whole book.
I read the whole book, which wasn’t necessary, as one story was
enough.
I needn’t have read the whole book.
1. I didn’t take any medicine, because it wasn’t necessary. It was just a cold.
2. I was taking that medicine for too long. However, it wasn’t necessary.
3. He didn’t give any evidence, because they didn’t ask him to. 4. The
policeman didn’t blow his whistle, because the criminal stopped. 5. We were
in a hurry to get to the airport in time, but our flight was delayed. 6. We have
been waiting for him for an hour, but Peter says he’s gone home. 7. I didn’t
wait for a taxi, I got one at once. 8. The counsel didn’t cross-examine all the
witnesses. It wasn’t necessary. 9. My parents kept it secret for a long time that
I was an adopted child, but I knew it all the time. 10. I put on a sweater, but it
wasn’t necessary, as the weather was quite warm. 11. I didn’t pack many
things, as it wasn’t necessary. 12. I packed two big suitcases, which was
absurd, of course! 13. He didn’t remind me about my swimwear. It wasn’t
necessary, because I remembered about it. 14. The report was translated into
German as well, which wasn’t necessary. 15. It wasn’t necessary to persuade
them. They agreed on our terms. 16. He studied Norwegian, but he hardly
needs it for his job!
Ex. 45. Open the brackets using modal verbs could / might, should (not) /
ought (not) to, needn’t, didn’t have to with the proper form of the
infinitive.
1. He … (not argue) with the boss. Now he may be fired. 2. I … (not explain)
it again, they understood it at once. 3. You didn’t come to her birthday party,
but you … (call) her at least! 4. You … (not blame) anybody for what has
happened. 5. In fact, I … (not return), but I didn’t remember if I had turned
off the gas. 6. The windows are so dirty! You … (wash) them regularly! (You
… (wash) them by now! 7. I … (not look) after my little sister. My parents
hired a baby-sitter. 8. We were freezing! We … (take) warm things! 9. You
… (be) more tactful! Your words hurt her! 10. You … (finish) your work
before went to that party! You let so many people down! 11. I … (not finish)
that work as the boss asked my colleague to do it, so I went to a party. 12. We
… (not make) quick judgments about people. 13. He’s your best friend! He …
(lend) you the money! Why didn’t he? 14. Why did you go to that policeman?
– To ask the way. – You … (not ask) him. I’ve got a map!
***
163
MODAL VERBS REVISION
Ex. 46. Fill in the gaps with modal verbs or their equivalents in the
correct form. (can, may, must, needn’t, be able to, have to, be to, should,
ought to)
1. I think you … speak English much better after your trip to England. 2. I
don’t know what to do. – You … ask your father. 3. He … survive in the
taiga, because he had spent a few summers with his grandpa, who is a hunter.
4. … I use your computer? – I’m afraid, you … (not). I … do some urgent
work on it. 5. She … make a book report the next day, but she fell ill with the
flu and I … make my report instead. 6. You … come and listen to him! He’s
an absolute authority on this problem! 7. The baby … (not) speak yet. It’s too
little. 8. You … (not) leave your little kids at home alone! They’ll make
trouble! 9. … I wash the car? – No, you … (not). I’ve had it washed. 10. I
took a ladder, as I … (not) reach the top shelf. 11. You … (not) touch
anything here. It … be dangerous! 12. The teacher said that we … (not)
translate all the sentences. Five sentences would do.
Ex. 47. Open the brackets using modal verbs (of logical assumptions,
comments or criticism) with the proper form of the infinitive.
1. All the papers are scattered on the floor! I … (forget) to close the window.
Yes, it’s open. 2. On my way home I bought a dozen of eggs, but I … (not
buy) any eggs. There were plenty of them in the fridge! 3. She’s on the point
of a nervous breakdown! You … (talk) to her long ago to find out what’s
wrong. – It … (be) a case of a broken heart again, I’m sure. 4. I wonder who
carried the piano upstairs. I suppose it was Paul. – Paul … (not carry) it by
himself. Someone … (help) him. 5. They refused to join our meal! – They …
(have) something to eat already or they … (be) in a hurry somewhere. 6. You
… (not go) out yesterday without a coat. No wonder you caught cold. 7. The
lecturer was a tall thin man with white hair. – Then it … (not be) Dr Fell
because he is short and fat. It … (be) Dr Jones; I think he’s thin. 8. I left my
car here under the No Parking sign; and now it’s gone. It … (steal)! – Not
necessarily. The police … (drive) it away. 9. You … (warn) him that the ice
was dangerous. He nearly drowned! 10. Instead of watching football all the
time he … (go) to play it once in a while! 11. Now each of us has two copies
of each page! You … (not make) so many copies, but thanks anyway. 12. He
walked from London to Cambridge in three hours. – He … (not do) that in
that time! Someone … (give) him a lift! 13. Are you so stingy? You … (give)
her at least one rose! She was the only one without a flower. 14. You … (not
buy) all these toys for your son! You’re spoiling him! 15. Fortunately that
164
teapot didn’t hit anyone, but you … (not throw) it out of the window! You …
(kill) someone. 16. What do you think caused the plane to crash? – Who
knows? It … (blow) up. Someone … (plant) a bomb on board before take-off,
or one of the passengers … (have) explosives with him. – It … (not be) that.
The check-up at airports is very thorough nowadays. – But nothing … (go)
wrong with the engines because it was a brand-new plane! 17. He … (not be)
at the conference! I’ve just met him at the doctor’s. 18. I took my note-book
with me, but I … (not take) it, because the conference- room was equipped
with computers.
GRAMMAR. MAKING A WISH
You can express wishes about the present, past and future. We use “wish” to
say that we regret something, that something is not as we would like it to be.
-
I were/was beautiful. (= I am not
beautiful.)
- Как бы мне хотелось быть красивой
- we knew Sue’s address. (= We don’t know
her address.)
- Как жаль, что мы не знаем адреса Сью.
I wish*
- it wasn’t raining. (= It is raining.)
- Жаль, что идёт дождь.
- you didn’t work so much. (= You work very
much.)
- Я бы не хотела, чтобы вы так много
работали. Жаль, что вы так много
работаете.
165
PRESENT
- I had brought my camera. (= I haven’t
brought / didn’t bring my camera.)
- Жаль, что я не взял с собой фотоаппарат.
- the hotel had been better. (= The hotel was
bad.)
- Жаль только, что гостиница была такой
плохой.
PAST
- they could come to see us tomorrow. (= They
can’t come to see us.)
- Как жаль, что они не смогут зайти к нам
завтра.
- they would help me. (= They won’t help me.
They don’t want to help me.)
- Как бы я хотел, чтобы они мне помогли.
FUTURE
- it would rain today. (= It is unlikely to rain.)
- Как хочется, чтобы пошел дождь. Жаль,
что сегодня не будет дождя.
**- someone would answer that telephone!
(= Nobody answers the telephone.)
- Да снимите уж кто-нибудь трубку!
- the music would stop! (= The music won’t
stop!)
- Когда же прекратится эта музыка!
complaints,
annoyance,
requests
- you would give her my message. (= Could
you give her my message?)
- Не могли бы вы передать ей мою просьбу?
* When the whole situation is in the past, we say “I wished…” without
any other changes to show that the action was simultaneous, prior or future in
respect to your wish, e.g.
I wished you didn’t work so much.
166
Я сожалел, что ты так много работаешь.
I wished the hotel had been better.
Я сожалел, что гостиница была плохой.
I wished they would help me.
Я хотел (слабо надеясь на это), чтобы они помогли мне.
** It is possible only if the subject of the main clause (I wish) is not the same
as the subject of the object clause (he / she / you / they / somebody / it would
do sth)
If they are the same we use “I wish I could...”, e.g.
I wish I could travel round the world.
Как бы я хотел совершить кругосветное путешествие.
Ex. 48. Translate the sentences into Russian.
1. I wish my parents were here now. 2. I wish you would stop crying. 3. He
wished he had told her everything. 4. I wish you could come to see us.
5. Anna wished her children would behave well. 6. “Have a good journey,”
she said. I wish I was flying with you. 7. I wished he wouldn’t drive too
fast. 8. We wished we hadn’t gone on that journey. 9. I wished I were taller
so that I could play basketball. 10. I wish you wouldn’t lie to me. 11. I wish I
had voted for another candidate. 12. He wished he had never met her in his
life. 13. I wish somebody would make me some coffee! 14. She wished we
could postpone our departure. 15. I wished he wasn’t shouting at me. 16. I
wish you were enjoying your holiday. I wonder what’s gone wrong.
Ex. 49. Respond with a short and a full sentence to the following,
beginning with “I wish…”
Model: - I don’t understand this question.
- I wish I did. I wish I understood this question.
- It’s still raining.
- I wish it wasn’t. I wish it wasn’t still raining.
- My father can’t give me more pocket money.
- I wish he could. I wish he could give me more pocket money.
1. My brother doesn’t have a very long holiday. 2. I can’t play the piano.
3. My tooth is aching. 4. I sometimes make careless mistakes. 5. He’s not
coming to see me today. 6. I can’t swim well. 7. I don’t know how to answer
167
this question. 8. He always drives too fast. 9. I don’t speak English fluently.
10. I can’t go to the cinema tonight. 11. The teacher gives us a lot of
homework. 12. He isn’t ambitious at all. 13. I have to study for a test. 14. I
live in the dorm. 15. I can’t afford to buy a car. 16. There isn’t a swimming
pool near my house. 17. I’m always late.
Ex. 50. Paraphrase the sentences using “wish”.
1. I don’t know how to answer this question.
2. Will you stop this fight right now!
3. She is always leaving without saying goodbye.
4. He never admits his mistakes.
5. The teacher gives us a lot of homework.
6. I can’t play the piano.
7. Don’t waste so much time.
8. Write more carefully.
9. It isn’t Sunday today.
10. Pay more attention to your pronunciation.
Ex. 51. Translate into English using “wish”.
1. Жаль, что я не живу поблизости от института. 2. Жаль, что он такой
легкомысленный. 3. Я бы хотел, чтобы вы все-таки прочли эту книгу.
4. Жаль, что вы не обращаете внимания на свое произношение. 5. Как
жаль, что его нет с нами. 6. Когда же прекратится эта музыка! 7. Как бы
было хорошо, если бы она пригласила нас на день рождения! 8. Жаль,
что вы не хотите рассказать нам всю правду. 9. Жаль, что я буду
отвечать последним. 10. Жаль, что я не известный политик.
11. Выслушайте меня, пожалуйста!
Ex. 52. Regret what you did / what happened in the past. Use the given
information to make sentences with “wish”.
Model: He didn’t tell us anything. → I wish he had told us everything.
1. I didn’t attend the conference. 2. I met him on my way to the office. 3. She
didn’t follow my advice. 3. I failed my last exam. I had very little time to
prepare. 4. My car wasn’t serviced last week. 5. I hadn’t done my homework
and scored very few points in my test. 6. He didn’t make an appointment with
the doctor. 7. He fell and hit his head on the edge of the desk. 8. She had to
look after her little sister while her parents were away. 9. There was too much
information to remember. 10. I didn’t have any breakfast this morning. 11. I
168
have never been to the USA. 12. This rule wasn’t explained to us. All of us
made mistakes. 13. There were hardly any taxis, so I was late. 14. I burst out
crying. 15. It was the main topic of the discussion.
Ex. 53. Add to each of the following a sentence, beginning with “I
wish…”. The words in brackets will help you to form your sentences, e.g.
I’m tired today. (stay up late) → I wish I hadn’t stayed up late last
night.
1. We lost the game yesterday. (win) 2. I sat at the back of the hall, and
couldn’t hear his speech very well. (every word) 3. The sea is rough, we can’t
sail to the island. (calm) 4. There were no taxis, so I had to walk from the
station. (find) 5. I went to bed very late last night, and I’m half asleep this
morning. (so late) 6. My father gave me some good advice, but I didn’t take
it. (his advice) 7. One of my friends went to London for a holiday last
summer, but I couldn’t go. (with him) 8. Why didn’t you watch the cat? It ate
all the fish. I’m so angry with you. (more attentive) 9. There was so much
noise in the streets last night that I couldn’t sleep well. (better) 10. There was
a very good film on last week, but I didn’t see it. (read the program) 11. I was
lazy and wasted my time when I was at school. (harder) 12. I’d like to wear
my black suit to the meeting today. But it’s wrinkled and dirty. (to the
cleaner’s) 13. She bought a used car a couple of months ago. It’s given her
nothing but trouble. (not buy) 14. It took me three days to get there by train.
(plane) 15. It was my fault that the turkey was burnt. (not forget)
Ex. 54. Translate into English using “wish” and “if-clauses”.
1. Жаль, что сегодня идёт дождь. Если бы погода была солнечная, мы бы
смогли провести день за городом. 2. Я не знаю, его e-mail. Если бы я его
знал, я бы обязательно сообщил ему о встрече выпускников (reunion
party). 3. Жаль, что я не живу поблизости от института. Если бы я жил
рядом, то я бы никогда не опаздывал. 4. Жаль, что вы не обращаете
внимания на своё произношение. 5. Почему вы не попросили тогда меня
вам помочь? Я бы обязательно вам помог, если бы вы попросили меня
об этом. 6. Жаль, что вы не обратили внимания на его предупреждение.
7. Если бы я знал японский язык, я бы уже давно ответил на его письмо.
Жаль, что он не знает английского. 8. Жаль, что вы не позвонили. Если
бы вы позвонили вчера, я бы вам сегодня принёс эту книгу. 9. Жаль, что
они не приняли никакого решения. Если бы они приняли какое-либо
решение, то это изменило бы всю ситуацию. 10. Жаль, что ты меня не
169
послушал. Если бы ты последовал моему совету, то сейчас у тебя было
бы все отлично.
ARTICLE with abstract nouns
1. Abstract nouns have the zero-article when they express abstract notions
in a general sense. In this case they belong to the group of uncountable nouns.
They are used without any attribute whatsoever or with a descriptive
attribute, e.g.
Art is given a prominent place in the lives of many people.
He is fond of classical music.
2. The definite article is used with abstract nouns when they are narrowed
in their meaning.
The context or the whole situation shows that the meaning of the noun is
narrowed. Very often a limiting attribute indicates that the abstract noun is
taken in a narrowed sense, e.g.
Do you hear the noise in the street?
As soon as the music of the band ceased, we went home.
3. The indefinite article is used with abstract nouns when they express
concrete instances or special aspects of the notion which they denote. In such
cases they belong to countable nouns. This change of meaning is usually
marked by a descriptive attribute, e.g.
A loud noise was heard.
Her report was a great success.
Ex. 55. Fill in the blanks with the words given in brackets with an
appropriate article (where necessary).
1. (i) “One morning I woke up to find myself famous,” Lord Baron said. Do
you know what brought him … ? (ii). I hope … hasn’t spoiled him. (fame) 2.
(i) … done to your brother leaves no illusions about our courts. (ii) Do you
believe in … ? (justice) 3. (i) Romeo and Juliet’s was … people like to speak
about. (ii) She was … of all his life. (love) 3. (i) … and hate are bad qualities.
(ii). This canvas is … of all his friends. (envy) 4. (i) You must learn to take
… seriously at your age. (ii) “I hope you will be happy in … you have
chosen,” the headmaster said to the school leavers. (life) 5. (i) There used to
be … when I found books of adventure very exciting. (ii) … passes quickly if
one is busy. (iii) Remember our skiing outings? Those were happy …! (time)
6. (i) Nobody took the trouble to tell us about … we were going to meet on
our way. (ii). The nurse said the man was out of … .(danger) 7. (i) His face
expressed only surprise, no … at the news. (ii) With him … comes first.
(pleasure) 8. (i) He was making… not to show how angry he was. (ii) The
170
work wasn’t worth … . (iii) … brought good results. (effort) 9. (i) She never
saw … of the situation, she has no sense of humour. (ii) The whole trip was
… .(fun) 10. (i) That was … unforgettable … ! (ii) You need … for this job.
(experience) 11. (i) I had … with him. (ii) The weather is a safe topic for …
.(conversation) 12. (i) … of his personality was great. (ii) … tends to corrupt
and … absolute … corrupts absolutely. (power)
Ex. 56. Translate into English.
1. Конечно, есть определенная опасность, что он не сможет выполнять
свою работу. 2. Жизнь – это движение. 3. «Вы дали им знать о своем
приезде?» – «Нет, я хочу, чтобы для них это было сюрпризом». 4. Мы
долгое время не виделись, и нам обоим эта встреча доставили истинное
удовольствие. 5. «Не хотели бы вы пойти со мной сегодня в театр?» –
«С удовольствием». 6. Она с удивлением посмотрела на вошедшего.
7. Он сделал над собой усилие и спокойно ответил на вопросы
экзаменаторов. 8. Писатель прожил долгую и интересную жизнь. 9. Он
всю свою жизнь боролся за свободу своего народа. 10. Тебе не хватает
свободы, свободы выражения. 11. Пожалуйста, соблюдайте тишину!
12. После его последних слов наступило долгое молчание. 13. Мы
чудесно провели время на море! 14. Время лечит! 15. Больной говорил
с трудом, хотя его жизнь была уже вне опасности. 16. Он с гордостью
посмотрел на работу своих учеников. 17. Этот диплом гордость моих
родителей.
WRITING: COMPOSITION.
(Expressing an opinion / Writing an argument)
Ex. 57. Complete the composition by choosing the best answer from the
lists that follow:
Death Penalty Cannot Be Defended
(I) Some countries still have the death penalty, ................................ (1)
it no longer exists in Britain. ................................. (2) , after a particularly
violent murder, British people sometimes call for it to be brought back.
......................... (3) my opinion, the death penalty cannot be defended for a
number of reasons.
(II) .............................. (4) and most important reason is that one can
never be entirely certain that the accused person is guilty. In the
............................... (5) , people heve been sentenced to death and later it is
discovered that they were completely innocent.
171
(III) It is often .............................. (6) that the death penalty prevents
crime and that the risk of death acts as a deterrent. ............................... (7) ,
many serious crimes are caused by a sudden and very powerful emotion. In
these cases, the individual is not thinking sensibly and does not stop to
consider the risks.
(IV) One final .............................. (8) against the death penalty is that it
sets a bad example. The laws of society should reflect its values. If it is wrong
for one individual to murder another, .............................. (9) it is wrong for
the state to execute an individual.
(V) .............................. (10) , I believe the death penalty cannot be
defended. There are other ways of punishing criminals and these ways should
always be tried.
and / despite / although / moreover
2. In addition / Also / Nevertheless / On the contrary
3. In / For / About / With
4. Firstly / The first / The one / Initially
5. future / present / beginning / past
6. told / heard / spoken / suggested
7. Therefore / However / Moreover / Despite
8. reason / view / argument / opinion
9. then / as / and / too
10. In contrast / To sum up / At last / Fourthly
1.
Ex. 58. Match paragraphs I-V with the proper headings:
I
II
III
IV
V
Society should set an example
Conclusion
Introduction
Innocent people should never be killed
The death penalty does not prevent all crime
Ex. 59. Read the notes in the box and write your own composition
reflecting your point of view on death penalty. Think of three or four
points to support your view. Make each of these points a paragraph, and
give more details and examples where possible.
 Plan before you write. Think of three or four points to support your
view. Make each of these points a paragraph, and give more details
and examples where possible
 Although the question wants your opinion, use ”I” as little as
172
possible. Note that the phrases In my opinion and I believe appear
only in the introduction and conclusion of the example. Use these
expressions rather than “I think...”.
 You may want to take an argument against your opinion and say
why that argument is wrong. See paragraph 3 above: It is often
suggested that...
Ex. 60. Write a composition (200-250 words) on one of the subjects that
follow:
 Exams are never objective.
 Strikes should be made illegal.
 Education cannot be free for all.
 There will always be a generation gap.
173
UNIT IX : PEOPLE’S RELATIONSHIPS. FAMILY
GRAMMAR: LINK VERBS. REVISION OF MODAL VERBS
Pre-reading questions:
1. Do you agree that loving a person means allowing him/her to be himself/
herself?
2. What should people take into consideration before getting married?
TEXT: THEN IN TRIUMPH (after F.L. Parke)
There were cars in front of the house. Four of them. Clifford Oslow cut
across the lawn and headed for the back steps. But not soon enough. The door
of a big red car opened and a woman came rushing straight after him. She
was a little person, but she was fast and firm. She reached him just as he was
getting through the hedge.
"You're Mr. Oslow, aren't you?" she said. She pulled out a little book and
a pencil and held them under his nose. "I've been trying to get her autograph
all week," she explained. "I want you to get it for me."
And then she was gone and Clifford was standing there holding the book
and pencil in his hand. He put the autograph book in his pocket and hurried up
the steps.
There was a lot of noise coming from the living-room. Several male
voices, a strange woman's voice breaking through now and then, rising above
the noise. And Julia's voice, clear and very sure.
"Yes," she was saying. And, "I'm very glad." And, "People have been
very generous to me." She sounded tired.
Clifford leaned against the wall while he finished the sandwich and the
beer. He left the empty bottle in the table, turned off the kitchen light and
pushed easily on the hall door. He got ready to settle the problem with an
autograph.
A man grabbed him by the arm and pushed him along the hall and into
the living-room. "Here he is," somebody shouted. "Here's Mr. Oslow!" Out of
the corner of his eye he saw there were a half-a-dozen people there, all with
notebooks and busy pens. Julia was in the big chair by the fireplace, looking
plumper 1 than usual in her new green dress.
She smiled at him affectionately but, it seemed to him, a little distantly.
He'd noticed that breach2 in her glance many times lately. He hoped that it
wasn't superiority, but he was afraid that it was. Was there a reason for it?
1
2
plump - полный, пухлый
breach - разрыв (отношений), размолвка
174
"Hello, Clifford," she said.
"Hello, Julia," he answered.
He didn't have a chance to go over and kiss her. The reporter was after
him. How did it seem to go to bed a teller1 at the Gas Company and to wake
up the husband of a best-selling novelist? Excellent, he told them. Was he
going to give up his job? No, he wasn't. Had he heard the news that
"Welcome Tomorrow" was going to be translated into Turkish? No, he hadn't.
And then the woman came over. The one whose voice he'd heard back in
the kitchen where he wished he'd stayed.
"How", she inquired firmly, "did you like the story?"
Clifford didn't answer immediately. He just looked at the woman.
Everyone became very quiet. And everyone looked at him. The woman
repeated the question. Clifford knew what he wanted to say. "I got pleasure
out of reading it," he wanted to say and run. But they wouldn't let him run.
They'd make him stay. And ask him more questions. Which he couldn't
answer.
It's no good. "I haven't," he mumbled2, "had an opportunity to read it yet.
But I'm going to," he promised. He couldn't recognize his own voice. And
then came a sudden inspiration. "I'm going to read it now!" There was a copy
on the desk by the door. Clifford grabbed it and raced for the front stairs.
Before he reached the second flight, though, he could hear the woman's
voice on the hall phone. "At last", she was saying, "we have discovered an
adult American who has not read "Welcome Tomorrow". He is, of all people,
Clifford Oslow, white, 43, a native of this city and the husband of ..." He felt
ashamed and was afraid he was going mad.
On the second floor Clifford reached his study, turned on the light over
the table and dropped into the chair before it. He put Julia's book right in front
of him, but didn't immediately open it.
Instead he sat back in the chair and looked about it. The room was
familiar enough. The table was the same. And the old typewriter was the one
he had bought before Julia and he were married.
There hadn't been many changes. All along the bookcase were the
manuscripts of his novels. His rejected novels. On the bottom was his earliest
one. Yes, Clifford was a writer when Julia and he got married. And he kept
on thinking of himself as one for many years after, despite the indifference of
the publishers. Finally, of course, his writing had become just a stubborn
unwillingness to admit defeat. Now, to be sure, the defeat was definite. Now
that Julia, who before a year ago hadn't put pen to paper3, had written a book,
a teller - кассир в банке
mumble - бормотать; ~ to oneself - бормотать что-то про себя
3
put pen to paper - начать писать, взяться за перо
1
2
175
had it accepted and now was looking at the advertisements that said, "over
four hundred thousand copies."
He picked up "Welcome Tomorrow" and opened it, as he opened every
book, in the middle. He read a paragraph. He had just started a third when
suddenly he stopped. His heart was beating fast. He put down Julia's book,
reached over to the shelf and pulled out the dusty manuscript of his own first
effort. Rapidly he turned over the crisp pages. An idea suddenly struck him.
Then he began to read aloud.
Clifford put the manuscript on the table on top of the book. For a long
time he sat quietly. Then he put the book in his lap2 and left the manuscript on
the table and began to read them, page against page. He had his answer in ten
minutes.
And then he went back downstairs. A couple of reporters were still in the
living-room. "But, Mrs. Oslow, naturally our readers are interested," one was
insisting, "When," he demanded, "will you finish your next book? I mean no
harm. Sorry. We are looking forward to reading it"
"I don't know," she answered uneasily.
Clifford came across the room to her, smiling. He put his arm around her
and pressed her shoulder firmly but gently. "Now, now, Julia," he protested.
"Let's tell the young man at once."
The reporter looked up.
"Mrs.Oslow's new novel," Clifford announced proudly, "will be ready in
another month."
Julia turned around and stared at him, quite terrified.
But Clifford kept on smiling. They wouldn't quarrel, would they? Then
he reached into his pocket and brought out the autograph book and pencil that
had been forced on him on his way home. "Sign here," he instructed.
VOCABULARY
straight a прямой: a straight road (line, nose, question, etc.); straight adv
прямо, сразу же: sit (stand, walk, etc) straight; After classes we went
straight home
firm a твердый, стойкий, настойчивый: a firm decision (character, hand,
voice, step , price, etc.); She is firm with the children; He was firm in his
decision; firmly adv speak (walk, hold, etc) firmly
generous a 1. великодушный, благородный
generous nature –
благородная натура, 2. щедрый: generous nature – широкая натура; to be
generous with one's money – быть щедрым, не скупиться (на деньги)
2
in the lap - на колени
176
settle vt урегулировать, улаживать settle a problem (question, argument,
matter, one's affairs, etc) Phr That's settled. Решено.
reason n 1. причина, основание, мотив, довод: What's the reason for his
absence?; The reason why he did it is not known; We have no reason not to
believe him; 2. разум, рассудок, благоразумие: Only man has reason; Phr
hear (listen to) reason – прислушиваться к голосу рассудка, не
пренебрегать
разумными
доводами;
(un)reasonable
–
(не)благоразумный, (не)обоснованный; a reasonable man (decision,
argument, price, etc.)
recognize vt 1. узнавать: recognize a man (a face, sb's voice, a place, etc.);
2. признавать (государство, чьи-л. права и т.п.): recognize a country (sb's
rights, etc); recognition n
ashamed (predic.) a пристыженный, испытывающий чувство стыда be
feel) ashamed стыдиться; You should be ashamed of what you have said.
He was ashamed to look at them; Phr be ashamed for sb – стыдиться за
кого-л.; be ashamed of sb/sth – стыдиться кого-л., чего-л.
beat vt (beat, beaten) 1. (по)бить (кого-л.); 2. побеждать, выигрывать: He
beat me at chess; Our basketball players beat all the other teams; 3. биться
(о сердце) Her heart was beating fast
strike vt/vi (struck) 1. ударять(ся), бить: strike sb (on the head, across the
face, etc.); The clock struck twelve; When he fell he struck his head against
something hard; Phr strike a match – зажечь спичку; 2. приходить в
голову, поражать: A strange idea struck him; She was struck by the news;
We were struck by the beauty of the place
harm n вред, ущерб, зло, обида: There is no harm in doing it; I meant no
harm when I said it; Phr do harm (to sb/sth) – вредить, наносить вред,
ущерб (кому-н., чему-н.); harmful: a harmful drink (habit, climate, etc);
harmless: a harmless man (joke, remark, game, etc.)
quarrel vi ссориться: quarrel with sb about sth; quarrel n; Phr settle
(make up) a quarrel – помириться
WORD COMBINATIONS
out of the corner of one's eye
краем глаза
177
be after sb/sth
get pleasure out of (from) doing
sth
it's no good
go mad
keep (on) doing sth
look forward to sth (doing sth)
1. преследовать кого-л., что-л.
2. добиваться чего-л.
получать удовольствие от чего-л.
бесполезно
сойти с ума
продолжать делать что-л.
с нетерпением ждать,
предвкушать что-л.
EXERCISES
COMPREHENTION
Ex. 1. Answer the following questions:
1. What did Mr. Oslow try to get into the house through the back door?
2. Who stopped him?
3. What did the woman want Mr. Oslow to do?
4. Why was the living-room noisy?
5. What were the people in the room doing?
6. What did Mr. Oslow think of his wife's attitude towards him? Was it
different from her usual attitude?
7. What questions did the reporters ask Mr. Oslow?
8. Why did Mr. Oslow say that he was going to read the book just then?
9. Were his words a sensation? Prove it.
10. What did he remember sitting in his study?
11. Why did he think that his defeat as a writer was definite now?
12. What did he discover when he began reading his wife's novel?
13. Why did Mr. Oslow give an answer to the reporter's questions? What did
he feel?
14. Why was his wife terrified at his answer?
Ex. 2. Find equivalents for the following phrases in the text.
Пересек лужайку; направился к заднему крыльцу; бросилась прямо за
ним; достала записную книжку; нежно ему улыбнулась; отчужденный
взгляд; пожалел, что не остался; побежал к лестнице; взрослый
американец; уроженец этого города; рукописи его романов; упрямое
нежелание; в жизни не написала ни слова; плод его авторских усилий;
сравнивая страницы рукописи и книги; с чувством неловкости, в ужасе.
178
Ex. 3. Give Russian equivalents for the following words and expressions
from the text.
Rise above the noise, be generous to sb, a best-selling novelist, inquire firmly,
have an opportunity to do sth, be familiar, keep on doing sth, admit defeat,
turn over the pages, read aloud, demand, insist on sth, announce proudly,
make sb stay, answer uneasily, be forced on sb.
Ex. 4. Finish the statements choosing a phrase from the ones in brackets.
1. Clifford Oslow cut across the lawn and ... (entered the house; saw the
reporters; headed for the back steps; stopped to have a smoke).
2. And then she was gone and ... (Clifford saw three cars in front of the house;
Clifford was standing there holding the book and pencil in his hand;
Clifford rushed towards the house).
3. "People have been very ... (interested in this affair; generous to me; serious
about that problem).
4. She smiled at him affectionately, but it seemed to him, ... (she wasn't happy
to see him; she wanted to hide her emotions; a little distantly; she was
upset).
5. Clifford knew ... (the answer; nothing about the matter; the author of the
book; what he wanted to say).
6. We have discovered ... (the novel written by Mr. Oslow; an adult American
who has not read "Welcome Tomorrow"; the real name of the author).
7. Finally, of course, his writing had become a stubborn unwillingness ... (to
forget the past; to admit defeat; to start something new).
8. Clifford put the manuscript on the table ... (on top of the book; by the
fireplace; and went out of the room; and started reading it).
9. ... "(Take the book; Answer my question; Sign here; Tell me the truth,)" he
instructed.
Ex. 5. Use Reported speech.
1. "You are Mr. Oslow, aren't you?" she said.
2. "I've been trying to get her autograph all week," she explained.
3. "Yes," she was saying. And, "I'm very glad." And, "People have been very
generous to me."
4. "How," she inquired firmly, "did you like the story?"
5. "I haven't," he mumbled, "had an opportunity to read it yet. But I'm going
to," he promised.
6. "When," he demanded, "will you finish your next book?"
179
7. "Mrs. Oslow's new novel," Clifford announced proudly, "will be ready in
another month."
KEY STRUCTURES AND WORD STUDY
Ex. 6. Give the four forms of the following verbs.
Shoot, wear, sing, leave, run, strike, let, hold, wake, shine, drink, beat, sweep,
stop, say, sign, terrify, drop, buy.
Ex. 7. Paraphrase the following sentences according to the model.
Model:
He was proud of his garden that was kept in good order.
He was proud of his well-kept garden.
1. She always dresses very well. 2. I believe he has very nice manners.
3. This scientist is known all over the world. 4. Her remark was meant for
the best. 5. He was a man of fine build. 6. The girl was wearing a hat that
had seen better times. 7. It seems he has read every book that is to be read
at his age.
Ex. 8. Recast the following sentences, using derivatives (verbs, adjectives)
instead of the nouns in bold type.
1. His disappointment was great when she failed to get what she was after. 2.
They spent a lot of time over the arrangement of furniture in their new flat.
3. Though the argument lasted for hours no decision was reached. 4. We
came to an agreement in no time. 5. She sat by the fire without movement,
deep in thought. 6. The excitement among the crowd rose as the horses
approached the finish.
Ex. 9. Replace the phrases in bold type by suitable phrasal verbs from the
list. Make other necessary changes.
look forward to, look over, look up (2), look for, look down on, look through
1. I've been trying to find you for a long time. 2. He examined the car. It
seemed that nothing had been touched. 3. We were expecting their arrival
with pleasure. 4. Now that he held an important position his old friends were
no longer good enough for him. 5. She had no time to read her notes
properly. 6. Any time you come to town come and see me. 7. She promised
to see if she had the telephone number in her mobile telephone.
180
Ex. 10. Translate the following sentences, using 'learn', 'recognize', 'find
out' according to the sense.
1. Он узнал эту новость последним. 2. Она очень изменилась за
последние годы. Ее трудно узнать. 3. Узнайте, пожалуйста, когда
прилетает самолет из Праги. 4. Я с трудом узнал ваш голос по телефону.
5. Когда вы узнали, что он уже вернулся из поездки? 6. Из статьи он
узнал много интересного об этом замечательном ученом. 7. Я не знаю
его адреса, но я могу его узнать для вас.
Ex. 11. Translate the following sentences.
(A) 1. – Are you married? – Да, я женат (замужем). 2. – When did you get
married? – Я женился (вышла замуж) в прошлом году. 3. – Whom are
you married to? – Я женат на Анне (замужем за Николаем). 4. – How
old were you when you married him/her? – Мне было 22 года, когда я
женился на ней (вышла за него замуж).
(B) 1. – Я слышал, что Николай и Катя поженились. Это правда? – Да,
они женаты уже год. 2. Мой брат женат на моей подруге. Они
поженились еще в университете. 3. Она слишком молода, чтобы
выходить замуж. Ей еще нет 18 лет. 4. – На ком женат твой друг? –
Его жена врач. 5. Когда она вышла за него замуж, он был еще
студентом.
Ex. 12. Revision. Translate the following sentences, using the verb 'do' or
'make' according to the sense.
1. Студент сделал интересный доклад о текущих событиях.
2. Спортсмен сделал еще одну попытку и выиграл. 3. Бегун сделал все
возможное, чтобы победить. 4. Он сделал такие большие успехи в
языке. Вы заметили, что он совсем перестал делать ошибки. 5. Ученые в
Дубне сделали интересные открытия в области физики. 6. Он хорошо
сделал эту работу. 7. Не делайте замечаний, когда он выступает. Вы его
перебиваете. 8. Он приятный человек. Он всегда делает людям только
добро. 9. Вам предоставляется право сделать свой выбор. 10. Когда
читаешь книгу, надо делать заметки. 11. Не сделав усилия, нельзя
добиться успеха. 12. Ребенок сделал еще один шаг и упал.
Ex.13. Paraphrase the following sentences according to the model.
Model:
He interrupted me all the time while I was telling the story.
181
He kept (on) interrupting me while I was telling the story.
1. He stood at the doors of the theatre and looked at his watch now and again.
2. All through dinner they talked about the experiment. 3. As he drove about
the town he watched the traffic lights all the time. 4. On our way home she
asked him a lot of questions about his journey. 5. He smiled while reading the
book.
Ex. 14. Combine the following parts of sentences into complex sentences,
using a construction with the gerund.
Model: He wants to take a course in driving. He has been thinking of it for
some time.
He has been thinking of taking a course of driving for some time.
1. In old times people used to travel about the country by diligence. Now
there are many other different ways. 2. He was eager to win first place in the
competition but he had little chance. 3. Children like to collect stamps. They
are interested in it. 4. I very much want to receive a present from my friend. I
am looking forward to it. 5. She is eager to play the leading role in the new
film. She has been thinking of it a long time. 6. My brother likes to climb
mountains. He gets much pleasure out of it. 7. He likes nothing better than to
drive a car fast. He enjoys it. 8. Don't cross the river at this time of the year.
There is great danger in it. 9. She likes to skate. She is fond of it. 10. Don't
smoke so much. There is great harm in it.
Ex. 15. Fill in the blanks with prepositions or adverbs.
(A) 1. There was nothing in his past to be ashamed ... . 2. We like the same
book but ... different reasons. 3. They were a noisy crowd and she got little
pleasure ... ... their company. 4. I've been after this book ... months. 5. Why
has it come ... your head to invite them both? They will be quarrelling ...
each other all the time and our week-end will be spoiled. 6. ... the end ... the
hall was an escalator that led ... the street. 7. He was putting one picture ...
another ... front ... me and I could see how eagerly he was waiting ... a word
of admiration. 8. It had suddenly come ... his mind that a careless step
might ruin his whole career. 9. Looking ... the wall she saw children
running ... the garden, shouting something excitedly ... each other. 10. I had
the feeling that the secretary was watching me ... ... the corner ... her eye
while she was arranging the cards ... the desk ... in alphabetical order.
11. With her brother ... the wheel she was not afraid ... her life. 12. The
182
doctor looked ... the boy's arm and said: "I don't like the look ...it ... all. He
must be taken ... hospital ... once.
(B) ... three weeks Mr Raggett, all dressed up, called ... Kate daily. After
staying ... tea he usually ended the evening by asking ... her hand. He knew
he couldn't do ... her.
One evening when he reached the door and was going out, Kate called him
... .
"Sit ..., Mr Raggett," she said calmly. Mr Raggett took his seat. ... ... the
corner ... his eye he saw the girl come ... the room and sit ... ... the sofa ...
him.
"You've asked me many times to marry you. I am sure it is very kind ...
you. And if I have hurt your feelings by refusing you, it's because I have
thought that I was not good enough ... you. Still, if you are firm ... your
decision and haven't changed your mind, I agree." Mr Raggett's heart missed
a beat.
"I suppose you have a little money," Kate continued.
She heard him catch his breath. "A very little," he said ... a whisper.
"I want it to be a small affair: just ourselves and a few friends. We won’t
spend much money ... it and we'll have three nice weeks ... London.
"Perhaps you want to take a little longer to think everything ...," said Mr
Raggett. Now that the moment he had been looking ... ... so much had
come, he wasn't sure he wanted to get married.
"I've quite made ... my mind," the girl said. "And now I want to marry you
just as much as you want to marry me."
(After "A Safety Match" by W.W. Jacobs)
Ex. 16. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word. Use the correct form.
beat v, ruin v (2), recognize, settle (2), be ashamed (2), harm, harmful,
harmless, reason, firm, straight, alone (2), ugly (2)
1. Our plans are not definite at all. Nothing has been ... yet. 2. I should warn
you he's not that easy to ... at chess. 3. If she keeps on smoking like this, she'll
be ... her health. 4. I said what I thought of him ... to his face, not that he liked
it. 5. She said she was tired and wanted to be left ... . 6. It was a perfectly ...
joke, and it's your own fault if you don't see the funny sides of things. 7. He
was ... in his decision to have his own way in the matter. 8. She was easy to
.... She has changed very little since I saw her last. 9. Another mistake like
this may ... his career. 10. She shouldn't have gone to Egypt against the
doctor's advice; the heat did her more ... than good. 11. That was a ... thing to
say! Aren't you ... of yourself? 12. He couldn't explain why he had suddenly
changed hid mind; he had no ... to give, he had just felt that way. 13. She
183
wasn't exactly pretty, some people even said she was ... . 14. Too much
exercise may be ... to a person with a weak heart. 15. She didn't like to go
places ... she always took somebody along with her. 16. The old man held his
head high. He hadn't done a single thing in his life to be ... of. 17. They turned
to the professor for help as it seemed he was the only person who could ...
their problem.
Ex. 17. Translate the sentences from Russian into English using the
active vocabulary.
1. Трудно представить, как он сможет сделать эту работу один. Я думаю,
нам следует ему помочь. 2. У нее нет оснований не верить ему. Он
никогда не нарушал своего слова. 3. Они отказались от нашей помощи
по многим причинам. 4. То, что он говорит, вполне разумно. Я полагаю,
что нам следует согласиться с ним. 5. Решайся. Цена разумная. Лучшей
камеры за эту цену ты не найдешь. 6. Если вы пойдете по этой дороге,
она приведет вас прямо к станции. 7. Не сидите на солнце в такой
жаркий день. Это вредно для здоровья. 8. Его шутка была совсем
безобидной. Вам не надо было обижаться на него. 9. Он вел себя
некрасиво. Он даже накричал на вас. Ему должно быть стыдно сейчас за
свое поведение. 10. Не мешайте ему, оставьте его в покое. Разве вы не
видите, что он чем-то расстроен? 11. Хотя он сам не танцует, ему
доставляет удовольствие наблюдать, как танцуют другие. 12. До лагеря
очень трудно добраться, он расположен высоко в горах. 13. Я не думаю,
что его кто-то преследовал. Это ему просто показалось. 14. Трудно
сказать, чего он добивается. 15. Он вне опасности. За его жизнь нечего
бояться. 16. Зачем вы ссоритесь? Вы вполне можете уладить это дело
спокойно. 17. Я старался успокоить его, но это было бесполезно. 18. Нам
не удалось переубедить его. Он был тверд в своем решении. 19. Я знаю,
что он человек твердого характера. 20. Извините, пожалуйста. Я не
узнал вас.
LANGUAGE WORK
Ex. 18. Study the following words:
HOW
–
WHAT
HOW - какой, как (с прилагательными и наречиями)
WHAT - какой (с существительными)
A. 1. ... wonderful weather we are having today!
184
2. ... a cozy corner!
3. ... beautifully she sings!
4. ... useful information!
5. ... kind of you to help me.
6. ... a clever child!
7. ... very interesting!
8. ... an awful idea!
B. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Как ужасно он танцует!
2. Какое чудесное утро!
3. Как холодно!
4. Какой дождливый день!
5. Какая важная новость!
6. Какой ты рассеянный!
7. Какой он хороший друг!
8. Как приятно услышать такие слова!
PHRASAL VERB “SET”
Ex. 19. Study the meanings.
set sth up
set off/ out
set sth out
set in
set sth back
set out to do sth
- 1. основать, учредить
2. воздвигнуть, установить
- отправиться (e.g. set out for work/ the
station, set out on a trip)
- излагать, формулировать
- начинаться, наступать,
устанавливаться (о погоде, холодах)
- препятствовать, задерживать
- задумать (и начать осуществлять
задуманное)
Ex. 20. Match the phrasal verbs 1-9 with the correct definitions A-G.
1. It wasn't until 2.30 that we finally set out/off on our trip.
2. He set out/ off for work at exactly 7.30.
3. In this document we have set out our proposals in a clear way so that
everyone can understand them.
4. If you get bitten by a dog, you have to make sure the wound is properly
cleaned, or an infection can set in.
5. The computer failure has set us back at least a week.
185
6. The first thing to do in a crisis is to set up a committee.
7. We need to have the roof repaired before the bad weather sets in.
8. He set out to break the record for the cross-channel swim.
9. They set up a lamppost opposite our house.
a. to create, to establish
b. to begin a journey
c. to hold up, to delay
d. to spread, to begin and be likely to stay
e. to express, to formulate, to arrange
f. to begin a plan of action, especially with a particular aim
g. to erect, to place in position
Ex. 21. Paraphrase the sentences using the phrasal verb set.
1. By the time he put the key back in place, panic had spread.
2. We began our journey to work early enough but we were caught in a
traffic jam.
3. Now that winter had come, he had a difficult time finding somewhere
warm to sleep in.
4. The bad weather caused a delay in our construction plans.
5. They started this school so as to provide better educational opportunities
for handicapped children.
6. The management board explained their plans for the coming year.
Ex. 22. Translate into English using the phrasal verb set.
1. Мне бы хотелось изложить свои взгляды по этому вопросу.
2. Мы отправились в путь на рассвете.
3. Похоже, что дождливая погода установилась надолго.
4. Нехватка нужных материалов задержала нас на 3 недели.(three week /
by three weeks)
5. После окончания университета он решил начать (создать) свое
собственное дело.
6. Он задумал побить мировой рекорд.
7. Памятник Джордано Бруно был воздвигнут на площади, где его
сожгли.
READING I
Pre-reading questions:
1. What kind of problems are there when people leave home for the first time?
186
2. If you left home to go to university, would you rather live in a hostel or in a
rented flat?
When I told my mother, she looked at me as if I had slapped her face.
"What? Live in London?" she said.
"I just feel it's time that I saw a little more of the world. After all, mum,
I'm twenty-two!"
Just then, my father came downstairs, looking relaxed as he always did
after his Sunday afternoon nap. I had chosen the moment carefully.
"Clive wants to leave home. He doesn't want to live with us any more," she
told him in a trembling voice.
My father's expression changed.
"What? You aren't serious, are you, son?" he asked. He sat down at the
table opposite me.
Perhaps my parents wouldn't have reacted in this way if they hadn't spent
all their lives in a small village in Wales. And perhaps my mother in
particular wouldn't have been so possessive if her only other child hadn't died
as a baby. I tried to explain to them that the bank I worked for had offered me
a chance to take a job in their head office. But I didn't dare tell them I had
already accepted the job.
"London's a long way away. We'll hardly see you any more," my father
said.
"I can come back at weekends, dad."
"I don't know son, I don't know." He shook his head and then got up and
walked out into the garden.
My mother and I sat there at the table. In the silence, I could hear the old
clock ticking away in the hall. There were tears in my mother's eyes. I knew
she was going to put pressure on me to give up the idea, and wondered if I
could stand up to it. I even began to wonder if it was wrong of me to want to
leave my family, the village and the people I had known all my life to live
among the English in their cold, strange capital.
She put her hand over mine. "Your father hasn't been well lately. Neither
have I. You know that. But we won't stand in your way if it's really what you
want," she said.
(From an English text-book)
Ex. 23. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D.
1. When the writer's mother told his father the news, she
A. looked angry
B. looked shocked
C. sounded frightened
187
D. sounded upset.
2. The writer told his parents that
A. he didn't want to spend his whole life in a village
B. he had accepted a job in London
C. he had been offered another job
D. he wanted to live in London.
3. The father was upset because he felt that
A. he would not be able to go to London regularly
B. he would hardly ever see his son
C. He would only see his son at weekends
D. he would not see his son again.
4. After his father left, the writer
A. had an argument with his mother
B. had doubts about his decision to leave
C. explained to his mother why he wanted to leave
D. tried to comfort his mother.
5. The mother's final words suggest that she
A. wanted to make him feel guilty and stay
B. was happy for him to go
C. would look after his father by herself
D. would try and persuade the father to let him go.
6. The passage as a whole shows that the writer
A. doesn't really want to leave home
B. wanted to leave at first but then changed his mind
C. may find it difficult to do what he wants to do
D. is very determined to leave despite the problems.
Work in pairs
Discuss with your partner:
At what age in your country do people first leave home for a period of more
than a few days? Describe some of the reasons they have for leaving home
and where they go.
READING II
Pre-reading questions:
1. How do you get on with new people? What if you have to live or work
together? Do you become friends – or drive each other mad?
LIVING WITH A STRANGER
188
Thrown together, roommates can become the best of friends – or
enemies.
The roommate situation is the first challenge students face. Learning to
tolerate a stranger's individual qualities, habits may teach flexibility and the
art of compromise. But the learning process is often painful. At Ithaca College
in Upstate New York, Julie Noel and her roommate were incommunicative
and uncomfortable throughout the year. "I kept my stereo up once for a whole
day just to test her because she was so shy," says Noel. "It took her until
dinnertime to finally turn it off." Near year's end, the two ended up in a
screaming fight. "Looking back, I wish I had talked to her more about how I
was feeling," says Noel.
Most roommate conflicts come from such small, irritating differences.
Suzie Orr, director of housing at Indiana's St Mary's College, says that the
matching process is complicated: "Do you put together people who are similar
or different, so they can learn about each other?"
Alan Sussman at the University of Maryland says: "I think they must
have known each of our personalities and picked the opposite." While
Sussman was neat and a hard-working studier, his roommate was messy and
liked to party into the early hours. Sussman considered moving out at the end
of the semester, but decided to stay and "fight it out." Although it was very
improbable, the two ended up being friends. Says Sussman: "We taught each
other a lot."
There are many stories of college roommates becoming lifelong
friends.
Work in pairs
1. Make your own list of the most irritating things about people in your life
- friends, family, or just people you know. Then say what you like about
the same people. Compare your points of view with your classmate's.
2. Mahatma Gandhi said "The only really lasting and valuable friendship is
between people of a similar nature." What do you think of it?
READING III
FAMILY MATTERS. MY DAUGHTER
Pre-reading questions:
1. Do you think parents should influence their children's choice of lifework?
2. What role did your family play in your choice of a future career? Did
anyone in your family choose the same career?
3. What do people consider to be the "normal family" today?
4. Do you think there is an ideal family situation?
189
James Mitford (an actor).
My wife and I only had the one child. It might have been nice to have a
son, but we didn't plan a family, we just had Amy.
I see her as my best friend. I think she'd always come to me first if she had
a problem. We have the same sense of humour, and share interests. I don't
mind animals, but she's completely obsessed with them, and she has always
had dogs, cats, horses, and goldfish in her life.
We were closest when she was about four, which I think is a lovely age for
a child. They know the parents best, and don't have the outside contacts. She
must have grown up suddenly when she went to school. Any father who has a
teenager daughter comes across an endless stream ]of strange young men
coming through the house. By the time I'd learned their names they'd gone
away and I had to start learning a new lot. I remember I told her off once in
front of her friends and she didn't talk to me for days afterwards.
I wanted more than anything else for her to be happy in what she was
doing, and I was prepared to use my friends to help her on her way. She went
to a good school, but that didn't work out. When she left she decided she
wanted to become an actress so I got her into drama school. It wasn't to her
liking so she joined a theatre group and began playing small parts in films.
She was doing well, but then gave it up. She probably found it boring. Then
she took up social work, and finally went to work for a designer and he
became her husband. And that's really the story of her life. She must be happy
with him - they're always together.
We have the same tastes in books and music. I used to take her to see the
opera, which I like very much, but I don't think she likes it, she doesn't come
with me any more.
We're very grateful for Amy. She's a good daughter as daughters go 1. We
are looking forward to being grandparents. I'm sure she'll have a son.
Ex. 24. Decide if the sentences are true or false. Compare your answers
with a classmate's.
1. Their relationship was closer when Amy was a child.
2. They get on well, and agree on most things.
3. They don't have very much in common.
4. He has done all that a father can for his daughter.
5. He isn't very aware of how she really feels.
6. He's more interested in himself than his family.
7. He doesn't have a realistic view of their relationship.
1
She's a good daughter as daughters go.- По нынешним временам она хорошая дочь.
190
Work in pairs
Do you think children tend to follow in their parents' footsteps or choose a
different occupation? What can account for 2 their choice? Can you give
examples to support your viewpoint?
Discuss in pairs and tell the class about the conclusion you've come to. The
following phrases can be useful:
Expressing Personal Opinions
Formal
I'd like to point out
The way I see it /As I see it
As far as I am concerned
In my view
In my opinion
Less formal and informal
I believe
If you ask me
It seems to me I think
To my mind
I guess
RELATIONSHIPS
A
Types of relationships
Here is scale showing closeness and distance in relationships in
different contexts.
CLOSER ------------------------------------MORE DISTANT
friendship
best friend good friend friend acquaintance
work
close colleague
colleague/workmate
love/romance lover steady boy/girlfriend
ex-1
marriage
wife/husband/partner
exMate is a colloquial word for a good friend. It can also be used in compounds
to describe a person you share something with, e.g.
classmate, shipmate, workmate, flatmate, roommate.
Workmate is usual in non-professional contexts; colleague is more common
among professional people.
Fiance/ee can still be used for someone you are engaged to, but a lot of
people feel it is dated nowadays. You will sometimes see husband/wife to-be
in journalistic style.
2
to account for - отвечать, нести ответственность
1
ex - can be used with or without (informally) another word: She is my ex. (girlfriend,
wife, etc.)
191
English has no universally accepted word for 'person I live with but am not
married to', but partner is probably the commonest.
B
Liking and not liking someone
core verb
like
respect
attract
be attracted to
positive
love / adore
worship / idolize
look up to / admire
fancy / turn sb on
negative
dislike / hate
can't stand
look down on / despise
repel / turn sb off
She doesn't just like Bob she idolizes him! I can't stand him.
I really fancy Lisa, but her friend just turns me off.
Fancy and turn off are informal. Repel is very strong and rather formal.
C Phrases and idioms for relationships.
Jo and I get on well with each other. (have a good relationship)
Adrian and Liz don't see eye to eye. (often argue / disagree)
I've fallen out with my parents again. (had arguments)
Tony and Jane have broken up / split up. (ended their relationship)
Helen is having an affair with her boss. (a sexual relationship,
usually secret)
Children should respect their elders. (adults / parents, etc)
Let's try and make it up.
(be friends again after a row)
She's my junior / I'm her senior / I'm senior to her. (refers to
position at work)
Ex. 25. Use the words with suffix -mate to reword these sentences.
1. This is Jack. He and I share a flat.
2. My granddad still writes to his old friends he was at sea with.
3. We were in the same class together in 1990, weren't we?
4. She's nit really a friend, she's just someone I work with.
Ex. 26. The person who typed this book has got some of the phrases and
idioms mixed up with one another. Correct them.
1. Jo and Phil don't get on eye to eye with each other.
2. I fell up with my parents last night. It wasn't my fault.
3. We had a quarrel but now we've made it well.
4. Do you think Jim and Nora are making an affair? I do.
192
5. I see very well with all my colleagues at work.
6. She should learn to respect her elders.
7. Jo's attractive, but her mate just turns me up completely.
GRAMMAR. LINK-VERBS. REVISION OF MODAL VERBS
A link-verb is used to form a compound predicate, e.g. She is a teacher.
It has become dark.
Ex. 27. State whether the verb in bold type is a link-verb or a notional
verb. Translate the sentences into Russian.
1. He looked sadly at me. 2. He looked sad when he watched the ships leave
the port. 3. What has become of him? 4. He has become quite a famous man.
5. The city is becoming more and more beautiful. 6. Unable to find the ticket
he got more and more excited. 7. When he got the ticket he nervously looked
at the clock on the building. 8. He turned angrily around. 9. He turned as
pale as death when he heard the news. 10. How quickly you are growing!
11. How tall you' have grown. 12. She grows flowers in her garden. 13. What
has gone wrong with my watch? 14. Where has he gone?
Ex. 28. Study the following chart.
Link-Verbs of Being
and Seeming
be
young, old, strong, a
teacher, a woman, etc.
Link-Verbs of
Link-Verbs of
Becoming
Remaining
become
remain
old, clever, sad, a silent,
unmoved,
sailor, a student, etc.
untouched,
friends,
enemies, etc.
seem
get
tired, difficult, strange, dark, pale, tired,
etc.
worried, etc.
keep
fine, warm, etc.
look
turn
ugly, nice, funny, like red, pale, yellow, etc.
a doctor, professor,
etc.
go
feel
mad, bad, etc.
ill,
hurt,
foolish,
uncomfortable,
run
stay
cold, good, well, etc.
193
ashamed, etc.
sound
pleasant,
angry, etc.
dry, cold, etc.
fall
strange, ill, silent, asleep, etc.
grow
old, tall, small, grey,
etc.
Ex. 29. Open the brackets, using the correct form of the link-verb.
1. You (look) ill lately! What's wrong with you? 2. The weather (get) colder
and colder. Winter is coming. 3. She nearly (go) mad when she learned the
sad news. 4. I don't know why he always (turn) red, when her name is
mentioned. 5. I (feel) unwell since this bad fall of mine. 6. As time went by he
(grow) more and more worried. 7. Autumn is around the corner. The leaves
and grass (turn) red and yellow. 8. If you don't put the meat into the
refrigerator immediately, it (go) bad in no time. 9. The work (seem) easy only
before you try it. 10. Coleman's blood (run) cold when he heard that his
brother had been killed. 11. When you (become) a teacher, you'll see for
yourself what a difficult job it is. 12. When he returned home after the war,
the first thing he noticed about his mother was that her hair (grow) completely
grey. 13. It (grow) dark when we returned home. 14. The plan (not sound)
very reasonable. 15. The woman (fall) silent remembering the sad moment.
16. They had a bad accident but he (remain) unhurt.
Ex. 30. Answer the following questions, using the link-verbs given in
brackets.
1. Why has he put on a warm coat? (become cold) 2. Why does she look older
than her age? (grow grey) 3. Why did they decide to cut off this tree? (grow
tall; dark in the room) 4. Why was he taken to hospital so suddenly? (fall ill)
5. Why have you switched on the light? (get dark) 6. Why don't you want to
speak to her now? (look tired) 7. Why can't you wear the black suit? (get
small) 8. Why doesn't he look at us? (feel ashamed) 9. What makes you think
he is displeased? (sound angry) 10. Why doesn't she wear this hat? (look
ugly) 11. Why can't we touch these flowers? (look beautiful; be harmful)
12. Why does the wood look so beautiful in the autumn? (turn red, yellow;
remain green)
Ex. 31. Choose the right link-verb from the list.
grow, remain, fall, seem, sound, go, feel, stay
194
1. The hat made him ... taller. 2. It was a long time before I ... asleep. 3. The
letters ... unanswered. 4. As he spoke, his voice ... firmer. 5. He felt himself
... pale. 6. His face ... hot. 7. The suit ... too small for him. 8. Some of the
restaurants ... late on Saturday.
Ex. 32. Fill in the blanks with a suitable link-verb.
1. Suddenly he felt that he was ... red for no reason at all. 2. I'm sure he'll ...
an artist, he is so fond of painting. 3. Has he ... ill? What's wrong with him?
4. Don't speak to her now, she ... angry. I'm sure it's the wrong moment.
5. Water the flowers before it has ... completely dark. 6. It is ... colder and
colder, winter will be here in no time. 7. The days are ... longer. It's no longer
dark at 8 o'clock in the morning. 8. I think one reason why the room is dark is
the tree. It's ... too tall. It's ... really big. 9. You ... rather tired this morning.
Are you feeling well? 10. What does he think he is doing? He's ... wrong.
That's what it is.
Ex. 33. Translate the following sentences, using suitable link-verbs.
1. Мы разведем костер, когда совсем стемнеет. 2. Он чувствовал себя
пристыженным и не знал, что сказать. 3. Он только кажется безобидным,
а на самом деле он тяжелый человек. 4. Все в деревне знали, что он
очень болен, но никто не знал, как ему помочь. 5. Когда он начал
кричать на нее, она побледнела. Она не могла понять, что с ним
случилось. 6. Он очень похож на своего отца. 7. По мере того как мы
поднимались в гору, дорога становилась все опаснее. 8. Он промолчал
весь вечер и выглядел печальным. 9. У него был действительно смешной
вид в этом костюме, и не удивительно, что он привлекал всеобщее
внимание. 10. Идея нам показалась очень разумной. 11. Мы не могли
понять, почему у нее был такой испуганный вид. 12. Они подружились
сразу и остались друзьями на всю жизнь.
REVISION OF MODAL VERBS
Ex.34. Insert 'had to', 'didn't have to' or 'should + perfect inf'
'shouldn't + perfect inf' according to the sense.
or
1. You ... (wake) me up. Why did you? You know, I don't have to go to the
office today. 2. I ... (wake) him up because I was afraid he would be late
again. 3. He ... (wait) for the next train long and arrived in time for the plane.
4. He ... (take) an early train not to miss the plane. He has lost a whole day for
nothing. 5. We ... (wait) for her, because she never came at all. 6. I ... (tell)
195
him about it personally, I wrote him a letter. 7. You ... (say) anything, nobody
asked you. 8. She ... (stay) at the hotel another day. Why did she break the
arrangement? 9. They ... (argue), they came to an agreement almost at once.
Ex. 35. Fill in the blanks with 'be to', 'have to', 'should', 'could', 'need'
with the correct form of the Infinitive given in brackets.
Helena ... (lunch) with her father, who was arriving on a sleeper from
Cleveland in the morning; they ... (go) shopping together for her mother's
anniversary present. She ... (meet) him at the Savoy plaza hotel where he kept
a bedroom and sitting room for the times when he came to New York on
business.
So when the telephone rang in the morning, Helena thought it was her
father, but it was Nora declaring that she ... (see) Helena right away. Helena
felt that Nora wanted to speak about her ugly behaviour at the party the night
before when Helena had caught her kissing Kay's husband. Helena ... ( not
discuss) the matter on the phone. She knew that Nora was worried, but said
Nora ... (not worry), she wouldn't breathe a word to a soul.
Nora suggested that Helena ... (come) round to her place and Helena
found herself agreeing. Her father was surprised when she said she ... (not
meet) him for lunch as she ... (see) a friend. He said reproachfully she ...
(refuse). He ... (not see) what was so urgent that it ... (not wait) till afternoon.
Helena was unable to see herself why Nora ... (not meet) her the next day. But
when Helena suggested this, there was a silence on the other end of the wire
and Nora said: "Never mind, forget it, I ... (guess) that you wouldn't want to
see me," which made Helena say it wasn't true and promise to come at once.
The moment she put down the receiver she felt she ... (agree). She wasn't
looking forward to the meeting.
(After "The Group" by Mary McCarthy)
ARTICLE
Ex. 36. Insert articles where necessary.
1. In ... heart of New York, ... few minutes away from ... skyscrapers, he
had discovered ... little city within ... city. It was Greenwich Village. It was
almost ... provincial town with inhabitants who, it seemed, didn't notice ...
metropolis around them. (After G. Simenon)
2. After ... supper was over, and he had helped to dry the dishes, Paul
nervously asked his father if he could go to ... Carters to get some help in ...
geometry from Jim. Jim was at ... top of ... class at ... school. Still more
nervously Paul asked for car fare. He had to repeat ... request two times, as his
196
father didn't like to hear request for ... money, whether much or little. He
asked Paul whether he could not go to ... boy who lived nearer; but gave him
... dime. (After Willa Cather)
3. Stevenson's book "Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde' is about ... man who lived ...
double life. Dr Jekyll made ... interesting discovery in his laboratory work. He
found ... medicine which sould give him ... different appearance. When he
took ... medicine he became a deformed, ugly man, for whom people felt
nothing but ... dislike and hate. As Mr Hyde he could live ... life full of ...
pleasure. Yet he enjoyed ... complete safety, because when his actions became
too horrible he could change into ... honest Dr Jekyll again, for whom his
friends felt ... respect and love.
But with ... time ... medicine no longer worked the way Dr Jekyll had
planned. Sometimes he went to ... bed as Dr Jekyll and woke up as Mr Hyde.
He had to make ... choice: either to remain Dr Jekyll and die to all ... pleasures
Mr Hyde enjoyed or choose the part of Mr Hyde and die to ... thousand
interests Dr Jekyll enjoyed.
197
Appendix 1
Indefinite
(Simple)
Present
Past
Future
write
writes
wrote
shall
write
will
Perfect
have + V³
Continuous
(Progressive)
be + ing
am
are writing
is
was
writing
were
shall
be writing
will
have
Perfect Continuous
(Progressive)
have been + ing
have
written
been writing
has
has
had written
had been writing
shall
shall
have written
will
have been writing
will
Passive Voice
be+ V³
Indefinite
(Simple)
Present
Past
Future
am
are written
is
was
written
were
Perfect
have + V³
Continuous
(Progressive)
be + ing
am
are being written
is
was
being written
were
will be written
have
been written
has
had been written
will have been written
198
Appendix 2
Irregular verbs
Base form
Past Simple
Past Participle
Base form
Past Simple
Past Participle
be
beat
become
begin
bend
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
burst
buy
can
catch
choose
come
cost
cut
dig
do
draw
dream
drink
drive
eat
fall
feed
feel
fight
find
fly
forget
forgive
freeze
get
give
go
grow
hang
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
keep
kneel
know
lay
lead
learn
was/were
beat
became
began
bent
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burned/burnt
burst
bought
could
caught
chose
came
cost
cut
dug
did
drew
dreamed/dreamt
drank
drove
ate
fell
fed
felt
fought
found
flew
forgot
forgave
froze
got
gave
went
grew
hanged/hung
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
kept
knelt
knew
laid
led
learned/learnt
been
beaten
become
begun
bent
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burned/burnt
burst
bought
been able
caught
chosen
come
cost
cut
dug
done
drawn
dreamed/dreamt
drunk
driven
eaten
fallen
fed
felt
fought
found
flown
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
given
gone/been
grown
hanged/hung
had
heard
hidden
hit
held
hurt
kept
knelt
known
laid
led
learned/learnt
let
lie
light
lose
make
mean
meet
must
pay
put
read /ri:d/
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
sell
send
set
shake
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spend
spill
spoil
stand
steal
stick
swim
take
teach
tear
tell
think
throw
understand
wake
wear
win
write
let
lay
lit
lost
made
meant
met
had to
paid
put
read /red/
rode
rang
rose
ran
said
saw
sold
sent
set
shook
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelled/smelt
spoke
spent
spilled/spilt
spoiled/spoilt
stood
stole
stuck
swam
took
taught
tore
told
thought
threw
understood
woke
wore
won
wrote
let
lain
lit
lost
made
meant
met
had to
paid
put
read /red/
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sold
sent
set
shaken
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelled/smelt
spoken
spent
spilled/spilt
spoiled/spoilt
stood
stolen
stuck
swum
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
thrown
understood
woken
worn
won
written
199
leave
lend
left
lent
left
lent
IRREGULAR VERBS - DIFFICULT CASES
1
2
3
4
5
6
Base form
Past Simple
Past Participle
Translation
to fall
to feel
to fill
to flow
to fly
to lay
to lie
to lie
to leave
fell
felt
filled
flowed
flew
laid
lay
lied
left
fallen
felt
filled
flowed
flown
laid
lain
lied
left
падать
чувствовать
наполнять
течь, литься
летать
класть, положить
лежать
лгать
уезжать
to live
to raise
to rise
to strike
to stroke
lived
raised
rose
struck
stroked
lived
raised
risen
struck
stroked
жить
поднимать
подниматься
бить, ударять
гладить
200
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Арбекова Т.И., Власова Н.Н., Макарова Г.А. Я хочу и буду знать
английский. М.: ЧеРо, 1977.
2. Шевцова С.В., Брандукова М.А., Кузьмина И.С., Парканская Л.В.
Учебник английского языка: Для 1 курса институтов и факультетов
иностранных языков. М.: Высшая школа, 1982.
3. Ястребова Е.Б., Владыкина Л.Г., Ермакова М.В.. Курс английского
языка для студентов языковых вузов. М.: Экзамен, 2003.
4. Васильева И.А. Paragraph Writing. М.: 1999.
5. Дроздова Т.Ю., Берестова А.И., Маилова В.Г.. English Grammar.
Reference & Practice. Спб.: Anthology, 2006.
6. Качалова К.Н., Израилевич Е.Е. Практическая грамматика
английского языка. Внешторгиздат, М.: 1957.
7. S. Kay, V. Jones. Inside out. Student's Book. Upper Intermediate,
Macmillan, 2001.
8. P. Duffy. Variations. Regents Prentice Hall, 1986.
9. Longman, Dictionary of English Language and Culture. Pearson
Education Limited, 1999.
10. A.J. Thomson, A.V. Martinet. A Practical English Grammar. Fourth
edition. Oxford University Press, 1999.
11. O. Johnson, M. Farrell. Ideas and Issues. Intermediate. Chancerel
International Publishers, 1998.
12. J. Nawnton. Think. First Certificate. Longman, 1994.
13. S. Redman. English Vocabulary in Use. Pre-Intermediate and
Intermediate. Cambridge University Press, 2001.
14. English-Russian Dictionary of Verbal Collocations. Edited by E.M.
Mednikova. M.: Русский язык, 1986.
15. N. Haugnes, B. Maher. Focus on Reading and Writing. Longman, 1998.
16. M. Vince. International Language Practice. Macmillan, 2003.
17. B.S. Azar. Fundamentals of English Grammar. Regents Prentice Hall,
1992.
18. P. Vine. Streamline English. Directions. Oxford University Press, 1997.
19. V. Evans. Round-Up 6: English Grammar Practice. Longman, 1995.
20. A. Doff, C. Jones. Meanings into Words. Intermediate. Cambridge
University Press, 1984.
21. F. Greenall. Rewards Intermediate. Heinemann, 1994.
22. M. Farrell. British Life and Institutions. Chancerel International
Publishers, 2000.
201